# Chinese (Taiwan) translations for the MKVToolNix package (man pages)
# Copyright (C) 2020 Moritz Bunkus <moritz@bunkus.org>
# This file is distributed under the same license as the MKVToolNix package.
#
# Translators:
# 夏勊倪 <chunkai.mao@gmail.com>, 2019
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: MKVToolNix\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-05-03 12:16+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-06-20 08:33+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: 夏勊倪 <chunkai.mao@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (http://www.transifex.com/moritz-bunkus/mkvtoolnix/language/zh_TW/)\n"
"Language: zh_TW\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:5
msgid "mkvextract"
msgstr "mkvextract"

#. type: Content of the version entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:6
msgid "48.0.0"
msgstr "48.0.0"

#. type: Content of the date entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:7
msgid "2020-05-01"
msgstr "中華民國109年5月1日"

#. type: Content of the mkvmerge entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:9
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvmerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvmerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvinfo entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:10
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvextract entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:11
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvpropedit entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:12
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvpropedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvpropedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvtoolnix-gui entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:13
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvtoolnix-gui</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvtoolnix-gui</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the matroska entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:15
msgid "<productname>Matroska</productname>"
msgstr "<productname>Matroska</productname>"

#. type: Content of the oggvorbis entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:16
msgid "<productname>OggVorbis</productname>"
msgstr "<productname>OggVorbis</productname>"

#. type: Content of the xml entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:17
msgid "<abbrev>XML</abbrev>"
msgstr "<abbrev>XML</abbrev>"

#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <refentry>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:21
msgid "en"
msgstr "zh-hant"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:23
msgid "<productname>&product;</productname> <date>&date;</date>"
msgstr "<productname>&product;</productname> <date>&date;</date>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><contrib>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:27
msgid "Developer"
msgstr "開發人員"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:28
msgid "Moritz"
msgstr "Moritz"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:29
msgid "Bunkus"
msgstr "Bunkus"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:30
msgid "moritz@bunkus.org"
msgstr "moritz@bunkus.org"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:44
msgid "&product;"
msgstr "&product;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:36
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:37
msgid "&version;"
msgstr "&version;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:38
msgid "&date;"
msgstr "&date;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:39
msgid "MKVToolNix"
msgstr "MKVToolNix"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:40
msgid "User Commands"
msgstr "使用者命令"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:45
msgid "extract tracks from &matroska; files into other files"
msgstr "將 &matroska; 軌道檔案擷取至其他檔案"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:49
msgid "Synopsis"
msgstr "概要"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvextract</command> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">mode1</arg> <arg>options</arg> <arg>extraction-spec1</arg> <arg>mode2</arg> <arg>options</arg> <arg>extraction-spec2</arg> <arg>…</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvextract</command> <arg choice=\"req\">輸入檔名</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">模式1</arg> <arg>選項</arg> <arg>擷取規格1</arg> <arg>模式2</arg> <arg>選項</arg> <arg>擷取規格2</arg> <arg>…</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><table><thead><tr><th>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:64
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:58
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:65
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:59
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:63
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "Description"
msgstr "摘要說明"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:66
msgid "This program extracts specific parts from a &matroska; file to other useful formats. The first argument is the name of the source file which must be a &matroska; file."
msgstr "此程式從 &matroska; 檔中提取特定部分到其他有用的格式。第一個參數是原始檔案的名稱，該檔必須是 &matroska; 檔。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:71
msgid "All other arguments either switch to a certain extraction mode, change options for the currently active mode or specify what to extract into which file.  Multiple modes can be used in the same invocation of mkvextract allowing the extraction of multiple things in a single pass.  Most options can only be used in certain modes with a few options applying to all modes."
msgstr "所有其他引數可切換至特定擷取模式，變更目前使用模式的選項，或指定要擷取那些內容至哪個檔案中。可在 mkvextract 同一次啟動中使用多個模式，允許一次擷取多個內容。大多數選項只能在特定模式下使用，只有少數選項適用於所有模式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:77
msgid "Currently supported is the extraction of <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks\">tracks</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tags\">tags</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.attachments\">attachments</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.chapters\">chapters</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cuesheets\">CUE sheets</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.timestamps_v2\">timestamps</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cues\">cues</link>."
msgstr "目前支援軌道(tracks)、標籤(tags)、附件(attachments)、章節(chapters)、CUE 工作表、時間戳記(timestamps)與cues的擷取。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:84
msgid "Common options"
msgstr "一般選項"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:87
msgid "The following options are available in all modes and only described once in this section."
msgstr "以下選項在所有模式下都可用，本節中僅介紹一次。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:92
msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--parse-fully</option>"
msgstr "<option>-f</option>, <option>--parse-fully</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:95
msgid "Sets the parse mode to 'full'. The default mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file. In 99% of all cases this is enough. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to use this mode. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:104
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:158
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2077
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:366
msgid "<option>--command-line-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--command-line-charset</option> <parameter>字元集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:107
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:161
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:369
msgid "Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:114
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:168
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2090
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:376
msgid "<option>--output-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--output-charset</option> <parameter>字元集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:117
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:171
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2093
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:379
msgid "Sets the character set to which strings are converted that are to be output.  It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:124
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:178
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2100
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:386
msgid "<option>-r</option>, <option>--redirect-output</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-r</option>, <option>--redirect-output</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:127
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:136
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2111
msgid "<option>--flush-on-close</option>"
msgstr "<option>--flush-on-close</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:139
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2114
msgid "Tells the program to flush all data cached in memory to storage when closing files opened for writing.  This can be used to prevent data loss on power outages or to circumvent certain problems in the operating system or drivers.  The downside is that multiplexing will take longer as mkvmerge will wait until all data has been written to the storage before exiting.  See issues #2469 and #2480 on the MKVToolNix bug tracker for in-depth discussions on the pros and cons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:148
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:190
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2123
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:398
msgid "<option>--ui-language</option> <parameter>code</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--ui-language</option> <parameter>語言碼</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:151
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:193
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2126
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:401
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g.  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause the program to output a list of available translations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:159
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:201
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2134
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:409
msgid "<option>--abort-on-warnings</option>"
msgstr "<option>--abort-on-warnings</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:162
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:204
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2137
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:412
msgid "Tells the program to abort after the first warning is emitted. The program's exit code will be 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:168
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:210
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2177
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:418
msgid "<option>--debug</option> <parameter>topic</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--debug</option> <parameter>主題</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:171
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:213
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2180
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:421
msgid "Turn on debugging for a specific feature. This option is only useful for developers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:177
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:219
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2186
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:427
msgid "<option>--engage</option> <parameter>feature</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--engage</option> <parameter>功能</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:180
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvextract --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:187
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:229
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2196
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:437
msgid "<option>--gui-mode</option>"
msgstr "<option>--gui-mode</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:190
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:232
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2199
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:440
msgid "Turns on GUI mode. In this mode specially-formatted lines may be output that can tell a controlling GUI what's happening. These messages follow the format '<literal>#GUI#message</literal>'. The message may be followed by key/value pairs as in '<literal>#GUI#message#key1=value1#key2=value2…</literal>'. Neither the messages nor the keys are ever translated and always output in English."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:199
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:241
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:83
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:449
msgid "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"
msgstr "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:202
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:452
msgid "Be verbose and show all the important &matroska; elements as they're read."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:208
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:251
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2238
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:458
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:115
msgid "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"
msgstr "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:211
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:254
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2241
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:461
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:118
msgid "Show usage information and exit."
msgstr "顯示使用方式並退出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:217
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:260
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2247
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:467
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:124
msgid "<option>-V</option>, <option>--version</option>"
msgstr "<option>-V</option>, <option>--version</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:220
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:263
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2250
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:470
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:127
msgid "Show version information and exit."
msgstr "顯示版本資訊並離開。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:226
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:269
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2208
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:476
msgid "<option>@</option><parameter>options-file.json</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>@</option><parameter>options-file.json</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:229
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:272
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:479
msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>. For a full explanation on the supported formats for such files see the section called \"Option files\" in the &mkvmerge; man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:238
msgid "Track extraction mode"
msgstr "軌道擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:241
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>tracks</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:245
msgid "The following command line options are available for each track in the '<literal>tracks</literal>' extraction mode.  They have to appear in front of the track specification (see below) they should be applied to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:251
msgid "<option>-c</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option> <parameter>字元集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:254
msgid "Sets the character set to convert the next text subtitle track to. Only valid if the next track ID targets a text subtitle track. It defaults to UTF-8."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:261
msgid "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>level</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>層級</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:264
msgid "Keep only the BlockAdditions up to this level.  The default is to keep all levels.  This option only affects certain kinds of codecs like WAVPACK4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:271
msgid "<option>--cuesheet</option>"
msgstr "<option>--cuesheet</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:274
msgid "Causes &mkvextract; to extract a <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheet from the chapter information and tag data for the following track into a file whose name is the track's output name with '<literal>.cue</literal>' appended to it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:281
msgid "<option>--raw</option>"
msgstr "<option>--raw</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:284
msgid "Extracts the raw data into a file without any container data around it.  Unlike the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks.fullraw\"><option>--fullraw</option></link> flag this flag does not cause the contents of the <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> element to be written to the file.  This mode works with all <classname>CodecIDs</classname>, even the ones that &mkvextract; doesn't support otherwise, but the resulting files might not be usable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:293
msgid "<option>--fullraw</option>"
msgstr "<option>--fullraw</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:296
msgid "Extracts the raw data into a file without any container data around it.  The contents of the <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> element will be written to the file first if the track contains such a header element.  This mode works with all <classname>CodecIDs</classname>, even the ones that &mkvextract; doesn't support otherwise, but the resulting files might not be usable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:305
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:420
msgid "<parameter>TID:outname</parameter>"
msgstr "<parameter>TID:輸出檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:308
msgid "Causes extraction of the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:315
msgid "Each output name should be used only once. The exception are RealAudio and RealVideo tracks. If you use the same name for different tracks then those tracks will be saved in the same file. Example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:319
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract input.mkv tracks 0:video.h264 2:output-two-vobsub-tracks.idx 3:output-two-vobsub-tracks.idx"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:326
msgid "Attachments extraction mode"
msgstr "附件擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:329
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>attachments</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>AID1:outname1</parameter> <optional><parameter>AID2:outname2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:334
msgid "<parameter>AID</parameter>:<parameter>outname</parameter>"
msgstr "<parameter>AID</parameter>:<parameter>輸出檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:337
msgid "Causes extraction of the attachment with the ID <parameter>AID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such an attachment exists in the source file.  If the <parameter>outname</parameter> is left empty then the name of the attachment inside the source &matroska; file is used instead.  This option can be given multiple times.  The attachment IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:348
msgid "Chapters extraction mode"
msgstr "章節擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:351
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>chapters</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>output-filename.xml</parameter></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:356
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--simple</option>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--simple</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:359
msgid "Exports the chapter information in the simple format used in the <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools (CHAPTER01=..., CHAPTER01NAME=...). In this mode some information has to be discarded. Default is to output the chapters in &xml; format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:367
msgid "<option>--simple-language</option> <parameter>language</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--simple-language</option> <parameter>語言</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:370
msgid "If the simple format is enabled then &mkvextract; will only output a single entry for each chapter atom encountered even if a chapter atom contains more than one chapter name.  By default &mkvextract; will use the first chapter name found for each atom regardless of its language."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:375
msgid "Using this option allows the user to determine which chapter names are output if atoms contain more than one chapter name.  The <parameter>language</parameter> parameter must be an ISO 639-1 or ISO 639-2 code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:383
msgid "The chapters are written to specified output file. By default the &xml; format understood by &mkvmerge; is used. If no chapters are found in the file, the output file is not created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:388
msgid "Tags extraction mode"
msgstr "標籤擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:391
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>tags</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>output-filename.xml</parameter></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:395
msgid "The tags are written to specified output file in the &xml; format understood by &mkvmerge;. If no tags are found in the file, the output file is not created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:400
msgid "Cue sheet extraction mode"
msgstr "Cue 工作表擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:403
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>cuesheet</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>output-filename.cue</parameter></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:407
msgid "The cue sheet is written to specified output file. If no chapters or tags are found in the file, the output file is not created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:412
msgid "Timestamp extraction mode"
msgstr "時間戳記擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:415
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>timestamps_v2</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:423
msgid "Causes extraction of the timestamps for the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:429
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:465
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:517
msgid "Example:"
msgstr "範例:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:432
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract input.mkv timestamps_v2 1:ts-track1.txt 2:ts-track2.txt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:439
msgid "Cues extraction mode"
msgstr "Cue 擷取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:442
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <option>cues</option> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:447
msgid "<parameter>TID:dest-filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<parameter>TID:輸出檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:450
msgid "Causes extraction of the cues for the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option and not the numbers contained in the <classname>CueTrack</classname> element."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:459
msgid "The format output is a simple text format: one line per <classname>CuePoint</classname> element with <literal>key=value</literal> pairs. If an optional element is not present in a <classname>CuePoint</classname> (e.g. <classname>CueDuration</classname>) then a dash will be output as the value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:468
#, no-wrap
msgid "timestamp=00:00:13.305000000 duration=- cluster_position=757741 relative_position=11"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:470
msgid "The possible keys are:"
msgstr "可用的關鍵字:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:474
msgid "timestamp"
msgstr "時間戳記"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:476
msgid "The cue point's timestamp with nanosecond precision. The format is <literal>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</literal>. This element is always set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:481
msgid "duration"
msgstr "時間"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:483
msgid "The cue point's duration with nanosecond precision. The format is <literal>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:488
msgid "cluster_position"
msgstr "cluster_position"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:490
msgid "The absolute position in bytes inside the &matroska; file where the cluster containing the referenced element starts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:493
msgid "Inside the &matroska; file the <classname>CueClusterPosition</classname> is relative to the segment's data start offset. The value output by &mkvextract;'s cue extraction mode, however, contains that offset already and is an absolute offset from the beginning of the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:501
msgid "relative_position"
msgstr "relative_position"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:503
msgid "The relative position in bytes inside the cluster where the <classname>BlockGroup</classname> or <classname>SimpleBlock</classname> element the cue point refers to starts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:507
msgid "Inside the &matroska; file the <classname>CueRelativePosition</classname> is relative to the cluster's data start offset. The value output by &mkvextract;'s cue extraction mode, however, is relative to the cluster's ID. The absolute position inside the file can be calculated by adding <literal>cluster_position</literal> and <literal>relative_position</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract input.mkv cues 1:cues-track1.txt 2:cues-track2.txt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:525
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2316
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:624
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "範例"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:528
msgid "Extracting both chapters and tags in their respective &xml; formats at the same time:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:531
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract movie.mkv chapters movie-chapters.xml tags movie-tags.xml"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:534
msgid "Extracting a couple of tracks and their respective timestamps at the same time:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:537
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract \"Another Movie.mkv\" tracks 0:video.h265 \"1:main audio.aac\" \"2:director's comments.aac\" timestamps_v2 \"0:timestamps video.txt\" \"1:timestamps main audio.txt\" \"2:timestamps director's comments.txt\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:540
msgid "Extracting chapters in the Ogg/OGM format and re-encoding a text subtitle track to another character set:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:543
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract \"My Movie.mkv\" chapters --simple \"My Chapters.txt\" tracks -c MS-ANSI \"2:My Subtitles.srt\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:547
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:320
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2545
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:729
msgid "Text files and character set conversions"
msgstr "文字檔和字元集轉換"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:550
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:323
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:732
msgid "For an in-depth discussion about how all tools in the MKVToolNix suite handle character set conversions, input/output encoding, command line encoding and console encoding please see the identically-named section in the &mkvmerge; man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:556
msgid "Output file formats"
msgstr "檔案輸出格式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:559
msgid "The decision about the output format is based on the track type, not on the extension used for the output file name. The following track types are supported at the moment:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:565
msgid "A_AAC/MPEG2/*, A_AAC/MPEG4/*, A_AAC"
msgstr "A_AAC/MPEG2/*, A_AAC/MPEG4/*, A_AAC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:568
msgid "All <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> files will be written into an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file with <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> headers before each packet. The <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> headers will not contain the deprecated emphasis field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:575
msgid "A_AC3, A_EAC3"
msgstr "A_AC3, A_EAC3"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:578
msgid "These will be extracted to raw <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> files."
msgstr "這將會擷取為 raw <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:584
msgid "A_ALAC"
msgstr "A_ALAC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:587
msgid "<abbrev>ALAC</abbrev> tracks are written to <abbrev>CAF</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>ALAC</abbrev> 軌道將寫入成 <abbrev>CAF</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:593
msgid "A_DTS"
msgstr "A_DTS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:596
msgid "These will be extracted to raw <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> files."
msgstr "這將會擷取為 raw <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:602
msgid "A_FLAC"
msgstr "A_FLAC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:605
msgid "<abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks are written to raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 軌道將寫入成原始 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:611
msgid "A_MPEG/L2"
msgstr "A_MPEG/L2"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:614
msgid "MPEG-1 Audio Layer II streams will be extracted to raw <abbrev>MP2</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:620
msgid "A_MPEG/L3"
msgstr "A_MPEG/L3"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:623
msgid "These will be extracted to raw <abbrev>MP3</abbrev> files."
msgstr "這將會擷取為 raw <abbrev>MP3</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:629
msgid "A_OPUS"
msgstr "A_OPUS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:632
msgid "<productname>Opus</productname> tracks are written to <productname>OggOpus</productname> files."
msgstr "<productname>Opus</productname> 軌道將寫入成 <productname>OggOpus</productname> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:638
msgid "A_PCM/INT/LIT, A_PCM/INT/BIG"
msgstr "A_PCM/INT/LIT, A_PCM/INT/BIG"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:641
msgid "Raw <abbrev>PCM</abbrev> data will be written to a <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> file. Big-endian integer data will be converted to little-endian data in the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:647
msgid "A_REAL/*"
msgstr "A_REAL/*"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:650
msgid "<productname>RealAudio</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
msgstr "<productname>RealAudio</productname> 軌道將寫入成 <productname>RealMedia</productname> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:656
msgid "A_TRUEHD, A_MLP"
msgstr "A_TRUEHD, A_MLP"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:659
msgid "These will be extracted to raw <abbrev>TrueHD</abbrev>/<abbrev>MLP</abbrev> files."
msgstr "這將會擷取為 raw <abbrev>TrueHD</abbrev>/<abbrev>MLP</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:665
msgid "A_TTA1"
msgstr "A_TTA1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:668
msgid "<productname>TrueAudio</productname> tracks are written to <abbrev>TTA</abbrev> files. Please note that due to &matroska;'s limited timestamp precision the extracted file's header will be different regarding two fields: <varname>data_length</varname> (the total number of samples in the file) and the <abbrev>CRC</abbrev>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:676
msgid "A_VORBIS"
msgstr "A_VORBIS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:679
msgid "Vorbis audio will be written into an &oggvorbis; file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:685
msgid "A_WAVPACK4"
msgstr "A_WAVPACK4"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:688
msgid "<productname>WavPack</productname> tracks are written to <abbrev>WV</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<productname>WavPack</productname> 軌道將寫入成 <abbrev>WV</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:694
msgid "S_HDMV/PGS"
msgstr "S_HDMV/PGS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:697
msgid "<abbrev>PGS</abbrev> subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SUP</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:703
msgid "S_HDMV/TEXTST"
msgstr "S_HDMV/TEXTST"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:706
msgid "<abbrev>TextST</abbrev> subtitles will be written as a special file format invented for &mkvmerge; and &mkvextract;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:712
msgid "S_KATE"
msgstr "S_KATE"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:715
msgid "<productname>Kate</productname> streams will be written within an <productname>Ogg</productname> container."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:721
msgid "S_TEXT/SSA, S_TEXT/ASS, S_SSA, S_ASS"
msgstr "S_TEXT/SSA, S_TEXT/ASS, S_SSA, S_ASS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:724
msgid "<abbrev>SSA</abbrev> and <abbrev>ASS</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SSA</abbrev>/<abbrev>ASS</abbrev> files respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:731
msgid "S_TEXT/UTF8, S_TEXT/ASCII"
msgstr "S_TEXT/UTF8, S_TEXT/ASCII"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:734
msgid "Simple text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:740
msgid "S_VOBSUB"
msgstr "S_VOBSUB"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:743
msgid "<productname>VobSub</productname> subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SUB</abbrev> files along with the respective index files, as <abbrev>IDX</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:750
msgid "S_TEXT/USF"
msgstr "S_TEXT/USF"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:753
msgid "<abbrev>USF</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>USF</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:759
msgid "S_TEXT/WEBVTT"
msgstr "S_TEXT/WEBVTT"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:762
msgid "<abbrev>WebVTT</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>WebVTT</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:768
msgid "V_MPEG1, V_MPEG2"
msgstr "V_MPEG1, V_MPEG2"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:771
msgid "<abbrev>MPEG-1</abbrev> and <abbrev>MPEG-2</abbrev> video tracks will be written as <abbrev>MPEG</abbrev> elementary streams."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:777
msgid "V_MPEG4/ISO/AVC"
msgstr "V_MPEG4/ISO/AVC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:780
msgid "<abbrev>H.264</abbrev> / <abbrev>AVC</abbrev> video tracks are written to <abbrev>H.264</abbrev> elementary streams which can be processed further with e.g. <productname>MP4Box</productname> from the <productname>GPAC</productname> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:787
msgid "V_MPEG4/ISO/HEVC"
msgstr "V_MPEG4/ISO/HEVC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:790
msgid "<abbrev>H.265</abbrev> / <abbrev>HEVC</abbrev> video tracks are written to <abbrev>H.265</abbrev> elementary streams which can be processed further with e.g. <productname>MP4Box</productname> from the <productname>GPAC</productname> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:797
msgid "V_MS/VFW/FOURCC"
msgstr "V_MS/VFW/FOURCC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:800
msgid "Fixed <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> video tracks with this <classname>CodecID</classname> are written to <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:806
msgid "V_REAL/*"
msgstr "V_REAL/*"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:809
msgid "<productname>RealVideo</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
msgstr "<productname>RealVideo</productname> 軌道將寫入成 <productname>RealMedia</productname> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:815
msgid "V_THEORA"
msgstr "V_THEORA"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:818
msgid "<productname>Theora</productname> streams will be written within an <productname>Ogg</productname> container"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:824
msgid "V_VP8, V_VP9"
msgstr "V_VP8, V_VP9"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:827
msgid "<abbrev>VP8</abbrev> / <abbrev>VP9</abbrev> tracks are written to <abbrev>IVF</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>VP8</abbrev> / <abbrev>VP9</abbrev> 軌道將寫入成 <abbrev>IVF</abbrev> 檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:833
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3006
msgid "Tags"
msgstr "標籤"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:836
msgid "Tags are converted to a &xml; format. This format is the same that &mkvmerge; supports for reading tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:842
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2809
msgid "Attachments"
msgstr "附件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:845
msgid "Attachments are written to the output file as they are. No conversion whatsoever is done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:851
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2838
msgid "Chapters"
msgstr "章節"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:854
msgid "Chapters are converted to a &xml; format. This format is the same that &mkvmerge; supports for reading chapters. Alternatively a stripped-down version can be output in the simple <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> style format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:861
msgid "Timestamps"
msgstr "時間戳記"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:864
msgid "Timestamps are first sorted and then output as a timestamp v2 format compliant file ready to be fed to &mkvmerge;.  The extraction to other formats (v1, v3 and v4) is not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:873
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:329
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3289
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:698
msgid "Exit codes"
msgstr "結束代碼"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:876
msgid "&mkvextract; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:882
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit code means that extraction has completed successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:888
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvextract; has output at least one warning, but extraction did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'.  Depending on the issues involved the resulting files might be ok or not.  The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:896
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvextract; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:904
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:359
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3320
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:738
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "環境變數"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:907
msgid "&mkvextract; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:913
msgid "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:915
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:921
msgid "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:923
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:931
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:386
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3347
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:765
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:135
msgid "See also"
msgstr "請參閱"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:933
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:938
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:393
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3354
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:772
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:142
msgid "WWW"
msgstr "WWW"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:940
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:395
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3356
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:774
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:144
msgid "The latest version can always be found at <ulink url=\"https://mkvtoolnix.download/\">the MKVToolNix homepage</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:5
msgid "mkvinfo"
msgstr "mkvinfo"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:45
msgid "Print information about elements in &matroska; files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvinfo</command> <arg>options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvinfo</command> <arg>選項</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">輸入檔名</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:60
msgid "This program lists all elements contained in a &matroska;. The output can be limited to a list of tracks in the file including information about the codecs used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:66
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:69
msgid "By default &mkvinfo; stops when it encounters the first cluster.  Additionally it doesn't show certain often occurring elements.  With this option &mkvinfo; will continue processing regardless of the verbosity level and show all elements."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:76
msgid "<option>-c</option>, <option>--checksums</option>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option>, <option>--checksums</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:79
msgid "Calculates and display the <function>Adler-32</function> checksum for each frame. Useful for debugging only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:85
msgid "<option>-o</option>, <option>--continue</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:88
msgid "By default &mkvinfo; stops when it encounters the first cluster.  With this option &mkvinfo; will continue processing regardless of the verbosity level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:95
msgid "<option>-p</option>, <option>--hex-positions</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:98
msgid "Show the positions of all elements in hexadecimal regardless of the verbosity level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:104
msgid "<option>-P</option>, <option>--positions</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:107
msgid "Show the positions of all elements in decimal regardless of the verbosity level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:113
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--summary</option>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--summary</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:116
msgid "Only show a terse summary of what &mkvinfo; finds and not each element."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:122
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--track-info</option>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option>, <option>--track-info</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:125
msgid "Show statistics for each track in verbose mode. Also sets verbosity to 1 if it was at level 0 before."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:131
msgid "<option>-x</option>, <option>--hexdump</option>"
msgstr "<option>-x</option>, <option>--hexdump</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:134
msgid "Show the first 16 bytes of each frame as a hex dump."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:140
msgid "<option>-X</option>, <option>--full-hexdump</option>"
msgstr "<option>-X</option>, <option>--full-hexdump</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:143
msgid "Show all bytes of each frame as a hex dump."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:149
msgid "<option>-z</option>, <option>--size</option>"
msgstr "<option>-z</option>, <option>--size</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:152
msgid "Show the size of each element including its header."
msgstr "顯示包含標頭的各元件大小。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:181
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:222
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvinfo --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:244
msgid "Be more verbose. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.verbosity_levels\">verbosity levels</link> for a description which information will be output at which level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:281
msgid "Verbosity levels"
msgstr "詳細資訊層級"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:284
msgid "The <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.verbose\"><option>-v</option></link> option can be used to increase &mkvinfo;'s verbosity level and print more information about the current file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:289
msgid "At level 0 &mkvinfo; will print only the track headers it finds and their types. &mkvinfo; will exit as soon as the headers are parsed completely (more technical: as soon as the first cluster is encountered). In this level the seek head entries and the cues will not be displayed -- even if they're located in front of the track information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:295
msgid "At level 1 &mkvinfo; will also print all &matroska; elements encountered for the complete file but the seek head entries and the cue entries. If the summary mode is enabled then &mkvinfo; will output the frame position as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:300
msgid "The same effect can be achieved with the option <option>--continue</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:304
msgid "At level 2 &mkvinfo; will also print the seek head entries, the cue entries and the file position at which each &matroska; element can be found at."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:309
msgid "The same effect can be achieved with the options <option>--all --positions</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:313
msgid "At level 3 and above &mkvinfo; will print some information that is not directly connected to a &matroska; element. All other elements only print stuff about the elements that were just found. Level 3 adds meta information to ease debugging (read: it's intended for developers only). All lines written by level 3 are enclosed in square brackets to make filtering them out easy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:332
msgid "&mkvinfo; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr "&mkvinfo; 結束時會返回以下三個中的一個結束代碼:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:338
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit code means that the run has completed successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:344
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvinfo; has output at least one warning, but the run did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:351
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvinfo; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:362
msgid "&mkvinfo; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:368
msgid "<varname>MKVINFO_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVINFO_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:370
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:376
msgid "<varname>MKVINFO_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVINFO_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:378
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:388
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:5
msgid "mkvmerge"
msgstr "mkvmerge"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:45
msgid "Merge multimedia streams into a &matroska; file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvmerge</command> <arg>global options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">-o out</arg> <arg>options1</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">file1</arg> <arg> <arg>options2</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">file2</arg> </arg> <arg>@options-file.json</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvmerge</command> <arg>全域選項</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">-o 輸出</arg> <arg>選項1</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">檔案1</arg> <arg> <arg>選項2</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">檔案2</arg> </arg> <arg>@選項檔.json</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:67
msgid "This program takes the input from several media files and joins their streams (all of them or just a selection) into a &matroska; file; see <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">the &matroska; website</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><important><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:73
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2267
msgid "The order of command line options is important. Please read the section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_order\">&quot;Option order&quot;</link> if you're new to the program."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:79
msgid "Global options"
msgstr "全域選項"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:85
msgid "Increase verbosity."
msgstr "增加詳細資訊。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:90
msgid "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"
msgstr "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:92
msgid "Suppress status output."
msgstr "隱藏狀態輸出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:97
msgid "<option>-o</option>, <option>--output</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-o</option>, <option>--output</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:99
msgid "Write to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>.  If splitting is used then this parameter is treated a bit differently.  See the explanation for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.split\"><option>--split</option></link> option for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:105
msgid "<option>-w</option>, <option>--webm</option>"
msgstr "<option>-w</option>, <option>--webm</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:107
msgid "Create a WebM compliant file. This is also turned on if the output file name's extension is &quot;webm&quot;. This mode enforces several restrictions. The only allowed codecs are VP8, VP9 video and Opus, Vorbis audio tracks. The DocType header item is changed to &quot;webm&quot;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:113
msgid "For chapters and tags only a subset of elements are allowed. &mkvmerge; will automatically remove all elements not allowed by the specification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:120
msgid "<option>--title</option> <parameter>title</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--title</option> <parameter>標題</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:122
msgid "Sets the general title for the output file, e.g. the movie name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:127
msgid "<option>--default-language</option> <parameter>language-code</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--default-language</option> <parameter>語言碼</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:129
msgid "Sets the default language code that will be used for tracks for which no language is set with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> option and for which the source container doesn't provide a language."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:133
msgid "The default language code is '<literal>und</literal>' for 'undefined'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:140
msgid "Segment info handling (global options)"
msgstr "剪輯資訊處理(全域選項)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:144
msgid "<option>--segmentinfo</option> <parameter>filename.xml</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--segmentinfo</option> <parameter>檔名.xml</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:147
msgid "Read segment information from a <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file. This file can contain the segment family <abbrev>UID</abbrev>, segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev>, previous and next segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev> elements. An example file and a <abbrev>DTD</abbrev> are included in the MKVToolNix distribution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:153
msgid "See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.segmentinfo\">segment info XML files</link> below for details."
msgstr "關於詳細資訊請參閱下列 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.segmentinfo\">剪輯資訊 XML 檔</link> 的章節。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:159
msgid "<option>--segment-uid</option> <parameter>SID1,SID2,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--segment-uid</option> <parameter>SID1,SID2,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:162
msgid "Sets the segment UIDs to use. This is a comma-separated list of 128-bit segment UIDs in the usual UID form: hex numbers with or without the &quot;0x&quot; prefix, with or without spaces, exactly 32 digits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:167
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:894
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:908
msgid "If SID starts with = then its rest is interpreted as the name of a Matroska file whose segment UID is read and used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:171
msgid "Each file created contains one segment, and each segment has one segment UID. If more segment UIDs are specified than segments are created then the surplus UIDs are ignored. If fewer UIDs are specified than segments are created then random UIDs will be created for them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:181
msgid "Chapter and tag handling (global options)"
msgstr "章節與標籤處裡(全域選項)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:185
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1333
msgid "<option>--chapter-language</option> <parameter>language-code</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapter-language</option> <parameter>語言碼</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:188
msgid "Sets the ISO 639-2 language code that is written for each chapter entry.  Defaults to '<literal>eng</literal>'.  See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">chapters</link> below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:193
msgid "This option can be used both for simple chapter files and for source files that contain chapters but no information about the chapters' language, e.g. MP4 and OGM files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:198
msgid "The language set with this option is also used when chapters are generated with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.generate_chapters\"><option>--generate-chapters</option> option</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:205
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1322
msgid "<option>--chapter-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapter-charset</option> <parameter>字元集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:208
msgid "Sets the character set that is used for the conversion to UTF-8 for simple chapter files. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\">text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:214
msgid "This switch does also apply to chapters that are copied from certain container types, e.g. Ogg/OGM and MP4 files.  See the section about chapters below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:221
msgid "<option>--chapter-sync</option> <parameter>d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapter-sync</option> <parameter>d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:224
msgid "Adjust the timestamps of the chapters in the following source file by <parameter>d</parameter> ms. Alternatively you can use the <option>--sync</option> option with the special track ID <constant>-2</constant> (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids.special_ids\">special track IDs</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:230
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1352
msgid "<parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter>: adjust the timestamps by <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> to fix linear drifts. <parameter>p</parameter> defaults to 1 if omitted. Both <parameter>o</parameter> and <parameter>p</parameter> can be floating point numbers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:236
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1358
msgid "Defaults: no manual sync correction (which is the same as <parameter>d</parameter> = <constant>0</constant> and <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> = <constant>1.0</constant>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:241
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1363
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1385
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1402
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1416
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1452
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1958
msgid "This option can be used multiple times for an input file applying to several tracks by selecting different track IDs each time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:247
msgid "<option>--generate-chapters</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--generate-chapters</option> <parameter>模式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:250
msgid "&mkvmerge; can create chapters automatically.  The following two modes are currently supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:256
msgid "'<literal>when-appending</literal>' – This mode creates one chapter at the start and one chapter whenever a file is appended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:261
msgid "&mkvmerge; requires a video or an audio track to be present in order to be able to determine when a new file is appended.  If one or more video tracks are muxed the first one is used.  Otherwise the first audio track is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:269
msgid "'<literal>interval:</literal><parameter>time-spec</parameter>' – This mode creates one chapter at fixed intervals given by <parameter>time-spec</parameter>.  The format is either the form <parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter> or a number followed by one of the units '<literal>s</literal>', '<literal>ms</literal>' or '<literal>us</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:275
msgid "Example: <literal>--generate-chapters interval:45s</literal>"
msgstr "範例: <literal>--generate-chapters interval:45s</literal>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:281
msgid "The names for the new chapters are controlled by the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.generate_chapters_name_template\">--generate-chapters-name-template</link>.  The language is set with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.chapter_language\">--chapter-language</link> which must occur before <option>--generate-chapters</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:290
msgid "<option>--generate-chapters-name-template</option> <parameter>template</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--generate-chapters-name-template</option> <parameter>範本</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:293
msgid "This sets the name template for chapter names generated by the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.generate_chapters\">--generate-chapters</link>. If the option is not used then default '<literal>Chapter &lt;NUM:2&gt;</literal>' will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:299
msgid "There are several variables that can be used in the template that are replaced by their actual values when a chapter is generated.  The string '<literal>&lt;NUM&gt;</literal>' will be replaced by the chapter number. The string '<literal>&lt;START&gt;</literal>' will be replaced by the chapter's start timestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:305
msgid "The strings <literal>'&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;'</literal> and <literal>'&lt;FILE_NAME_WITH_EXT&gt;'</literal> are only filled when generating chapters for appended files.  They will be replaced by the appended file's name wihtout respectively with its extension.  Note that only the file's base name and extension are inserted, not its directory or drive components."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:311
msgid "You can specify a minimum number of places for the chapter number with '<literal>&lt;NUM:places&gt;</literal>', e.g. '<literal>&lt;NUM:3&gt;</literal>'.  The resulting number will be padded with leading zeroes if the number of places is less than specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:316
msgid "You can control the format used by the start timestamp with <literal>&lt;START:format&gt;</literal>.  The format defaults to '<literal>%H:%M:%S</literal>' if none is given.  Valid format codes are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:322
msgid "<literal>%h</literal> – hours"
msgstr "<literal>%h</literal> – 時"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:325
msgid "<literal>%H</literal> – hours zero-padded to two places"
msgstr "<literal>%H</literal> – 二位數小時"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:328
msgid "<literal>%m</literal> – minutes"
msgstr "<literal>%m</literal> – 分"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:331
msgid "<literal>%M</literal> – minutes zero-padded to two places"
msgstr "<literal>%M</literal> – 二位數分鐘"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:334
msgid "<literal>%s</literal> – seconds"
msgstr "<literal>%s</literal> – 秒"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:337
msgid "<literal>%S</literal> – seconds zero-padded to two places"
msgstr "<literal>%S</literal> – 二位數秒數"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:340
msgid "<literal>%n</literal> – nanoseconds with nine places"
msgstr "<literal>%n</literal> – 小數點後九位的奈秒"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:343
msgid "<literal>%&lt;1-9&gt;n</literal> – nanoseconds with up to nine places (e.g. three places with <literal>%3n</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:350
msgid "<option>--cue-chapter-name-format</option> <parameter>format</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cue-chapter-name-format</option> <parameter>格式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:353
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports reading <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheets for audio files as the input for chapters. <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheets usually contain the entries <varname>PERFORMER</varname> and <varname>TITLE</varname> for each index entry. &mkvmerge; uses these two strings in order to construct the chapter name. With this option the format used for this name can be set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:359
msgid "If this option is not given then &mkvmerge; defaults to the format '<code>%p - %t</code>' (the performer, followed by a space, a dash, another space and the title)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:364
msgid "If the format is given then everything except the following meta characters is copied as-is, and the meta characters are replaced like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:370
msgid "<parameter>%p</parameter> is replaced by the current entry's <varname>PERFORMER</varname> string,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:373
msgid "<parameter>%t</parameter> is replaced by the current entry's <varname>TITLE</varname> string,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:376
msgid "<parameter>%n</parameter> is replaced by the current track number and"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:379
msgid "<parameter>%N</parameter> is replaced by the current track number padded with a leading zero if it is &lt; 10."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:387
msgid "<option>--chapters</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapters</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:390
msgid "Read chapter information from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">chapters</link> below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:397
msgid "<option>--global-tags</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--global-tags</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:400
msgid "Read global tags from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">tags</link> below for details."
msgstr "從檔案 <parameter>檔名</parameter>讀取全域標籤。關於詳細資訊請參閱下列 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">標籤</link> 的章節。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:409
msgid "General output control (advanced global options)"
msgstr "一般輸出控制 (進階全域選項)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:413
msgid "<option>--track-order</option> <parameter>FID1:TID1,FID2:TID2,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--track-order</option> <parameter>FID1:TID1,FID2:TID2,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:416
msgid "This option changes the order in which the tracks for an input file are created. The argument is a comma separated list of pairs IDs. Each pair contains first the file ID (<parameter>FID1</parameter>) which is simply the number of the file on the command line starting at 0. The second is a track ID (<parameter>TID1</parameter>) from that file.  If some track IDs are omitted then those tracks are created after the ones given with this option have been created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:425
msgid "<option>--cluster-length</option> <parameter>spec</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cluster-length</option> <parameter>規格</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:428
msgid "Limit the number of data blocks or the duration of data in each cluster. The <parameter>spec</parameter> parameter can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> without a unit or a number <parameter>d</parameter> postfixed with '<literal>ms</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:433
msgid "If no unit is used then &mkvmerge; will put at most <parameter>n</parameter> data blocks into each cluster. The maximum number of blocks is 65535."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:438
msgid "If the number <parameter>d</parameter> is postfixed with '<literal>ms</literal>' then &mkvmerge; puts at most <parameter>d</parameter> milliseconds of data into each cluster. The minimum for <parameter>d</parameter> is '<literal>100ms</literal>', and the maximum is '<literal>32000ms</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:444
msgid "&mkvmerge; defaults to putting at most 65535 data blocks and 5000ms of data into a cluster."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:448
msgid "Programs trying to find a certain frame can only seek directly to a cluster and have to read the whole cluster afterwards. Therefore creating larger clusters may lead to imprecise or slow seeking."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:455
msgid "<option>--no-cues</option>"
msgstr "<option>--no-cues</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:458
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; not to create and write the cue data which can be compared to an index in an AVI. &matroska; files can be played back without the cue data, but seeking will probably be imprecise and slower. Use this only if you're really desperate for space or for testing purposes. See also option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.cues\"><option>--cues</option></link> which can be specified for each input file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:467
msgid "<option>--clusters-in-meta-seek</option>"
msgstr "<option>--clusters-in-meta-seek</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:470
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; to create a meta seek element at the end of the file containing all clusters. See also the section about the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_layout\">&matroska; file layout</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:477
msgid "<option>--no-date</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:480
msgid "By default &mkvmerge; sets the \"date\" segment information field to the time &amp; date when multiplexing started.  With this option that field is not written at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:487
msgid "<option>--disable-lacing</option>"
msgstr "<option>--disable-lacing</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:490
msgid "Disables lacing for all tracks. This will increase the file's size, especially if there are many audio tracks. This option is not intended for everyday use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:497
msgid "<option>--enable-durations</option>"
msgstr "<option>--enable-durations</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:500
msgid "Write durations for all blocks. This will increase file size and does not offer any additional value for players at the moment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:506
msgid "<option>--disable-track-statistics-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>--disable-track-statistics-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:509
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; will write certain tags with statistics for each track. If such tags are already present then they will be overwritten. The tags are <constant>BPS</constant>, <constant>DURATION</constant>, <constant>NUMBER_OF_BYTES</constant> and <constant>NUMBER_OF_FRAMES</constant>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:515
msgid "Enabling this option prevents &mkvmerge; from writing those tags and from touching any existing tags with same names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:521
msgid "<option>--timestamp-scale</option> <parameter>factor</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--timestamp-scale</option> <parameter>因素</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:524
msgid "Forces the timestamp scale factor to <parameter>factor</parameter>. Valid values are in the range <constant>1000</constant>..<constant>10000000</constant> or the special value <constant>-1</constant>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:529
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; will use a value of <constant>1000000</constant> which means that timestamps and durations will have a precision of 1ms. For files that will not contain a video track but at least one audio track &mkvmerge; will automatically chose a timestamp scale factor so that all timestamps and durations have a precision of one audio sample. This causes bigger overhead but allows precise seeking and extraction."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:536
msgid "If the special value <constant>-1</constant> is used then &mkvmerge; will use sample precision even if a video track is present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:544
msgid "File splitting, linking, appending and concatenation (more global options)"
msgstr "檔案分割、連結、附加與串聯 (其他全域選項)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:548
msgid "<option>--split</option> <parameter>specification</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--split</option> <parameter>規格</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:552
msgid "Splits the output file after a given size or a given time.  Please note that tracks can only be split right before a key frame.  Therefore the split point may be a bit off from what the user has specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:557
msgid "At the moment &mkvmerge; supports four different modes."
msgstr "目前 &mkvmerge; 支援四種不同的模式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:563
msgid "Splitting by size."
msgstr "依大小分割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:567
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>size:</literal></optional><parameter>d</parameter><optional>k|m|g</optional>"
msgstr "語法: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>size:</literal></optional><parameter>d</parameter><optional>k|m|g</optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:571
msgid "Examples: <code>--split size:700m</code> or <code>--split 150000000</code>"
msgstr "範例: <code>--split size:700m</code> 或 <code>--split 150000000</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:575
msgid "The parameter <parameter>d</parameter> may end with '<literal>k</literal>', '<literal>m</literal>' or '<literal>g</literal>' to indicate that the size is in KB, MB or GB respectively.  Otherwise a size in bytes is assumed.  After the current output file has reached this size limit a new one will be started."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:581
msgid "The '<literal>size:</literal>' prefix may be omitted for compatibility reasons."
msgstr "'<literal>size:</literal>' 的首碼可因相容性理由省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:587
msgid "Splitting after a duration."
msgstr "時間後分割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:591
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>duration:</literal></optional><parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter>|<parameter>d</parameter>s"
msgstr "語法: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>duration:</literal></optional><parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter>|<parameter>d</parameter>s"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:595
msgid "Examples: <code>--split duration:00:60:00.000</code> or <code>--split 3600s</code>"
msgstr "範例: <code>--split duration:00:60:00.000</code> 或 <code>--split 3600s</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:599
msgid "The parameter must either have the form <parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter> for specifying the duration in up to nano-second precision or be a number <parameter>d</parameter> followed by the letter '<literal>s</literal>' for the duration in seconds. <parameter>HH</parameter> is the number of hours, <parameter>MM</parameter> the number of minutes, <parameter>SS</parameter> the number of seconds and <parameter>nnnnnnnnn</parameter> the number of nanoseconds.  Both the number of hours and the number of nanoseconds can be omitted.  There can be up to nine digits after the decimal point.  After the duration of the contents in the current output has reached this limit a new output file will be started."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:608
msgid "The '<literal>duration:</literal>' prefix may be omitted for compatibility reasons."
msgstr " '<literal>duration:</literal>' 的首碼可因相容性理由省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:614
msgid "Splitting after specific timestamps."
msgstr "指定時間戳記後分割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:618
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>timestamps:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "語法: <option>--split</option> <literal>timestamps:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:622
msgid "Example: <code>--split timestamps:00:45:00.000,01:20:00.250,6300s</code>"
msgstr "範例: <code>--split timestamps:00:45:00.000,01:20:00.250,6300s</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:626
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all have the same format as the ones used for the duration (see above). The list of timestamps is separated by commas.  After the input stream has reached the current split point's timestamp a new file is created. Then the next split point given in this list is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:632
msgid "The '<literal>timestamps:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
msgstr "'<literal>timestamps:</literal>' 的首碼不可省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:638
msgid "Keeping specific parts by specifying timestamp ranges while discarding others."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:642
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:648
msgid "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:649
msgid "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,+00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,+00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:650
msgid "<code>--split parts:-00:02:45,00:05:50-</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts:-00:02:45,00:05:50-</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:646
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:714
msgid "Examples: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "範例: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:655
msgid "The <literal>parts</literal> mode tells &mkvmerge; to keep certain ranges of timestamps while discarding others. The ranges to keep have to be listed after the <literal>parts:</literal> keyword and be separated by commas. A range itself consists of a start and an end timestamp in the same format the other variations of <parameter>--split</parameter> accept (e.g. both <literal>00:01:20</literal> and <literal>80s</literal> refer to the same timestamp)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:662
msgid "If a start timestamp is left out then it defaults to the previous range's end timestamp. If there was no previous range then it defaults to the start of the file (see example 3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:667
msgid "If an end timestamp is left out then it defaults to the end of the source files which basically tells &mkvmerge; to keep the rest (see example 3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:672
msgid "Normally each range will be written to a new file. This can be changed so that consecutive ranges are written to the same file. For that the user has to prefix the start timestamp with a <literal>+</literal>. This tells &mkvmerge; not to create a new file and instead append the range to the same file the previous range was written to. Timestamps will be adjusted so that there will be no gap in the output file even if there was a gap in the two ranges in the input file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:679
msgid "In example 1 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content starting from <literal>00:01:20</literal> until <literal>00:02:45</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until <literal>00:10:30</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:685
msgid "In example 2 &mkvmerge; will create only one file. This file will contain both the content starting from <literal>00:01:20</literal> until <literal>00:02:45</literal> and the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until <literal>00:10:30</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:690
msgid "In example 3 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content from the start of the source files until <literal>00:02:45</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until the end of the source files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:697
msgid "Note that &mkvmerge; only makes decisions about splitting at key frame positions. This applies to both the start and the end of each range. So even if an end timestamp is between two key frames &mkvmerge; will continue outputting the frames up to but excluding the following key frame."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:706
msgid "Keeping specific parts by specifying frame/field number ranges while discarding others."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:710
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts-frames:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "語法: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts-frames:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:716
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:137-258,548-1211</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts-frames:137-258,548-1211</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:717
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:733-912,+1592-2730</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts-frames:733-912,+1592-2730</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:718
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:-430,2512-</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts-frames:-430,2512-</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:723
msgid "The <literal>parts-frames</literal> mode tells &mkvmerge; to keep certain ranges of frame/field numbers while discarding others. The ranges to keep have to be listed after the <literal>parts-frames:</literal> keyword and be separated by commas. A range itself consists of a start and an end frame/field number. Numbering starts at 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:729
msgid "If a start number is left out then it defaults to the previous range's end number. If there was no previous range then it defaults to the start of the file (see example 3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:734
msgid "If an end number is left out then it defaults to the end of the source files which basically tells &mkvmerge; to keep the rest (see example 3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:739
msgid "Normally each range will be written to a new file. This can be changed so that consecutive ranges are written to the same file. For that the user has to prefix the start number with a <literal>+</literal>. This tells &mkvmerge; not to create a new file and instead append the range to the same file the previous range was written to. Timestamps will be adjusted so that there will be no gap in the output file even if there was a gap in the two ranges in the input file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:747
msgid "Note that &mkvmerge; only makes decisions about splitting at key frame positions. This applies to both the start and the end of each range. So even if an end frame/field number is between two key frames &mkvmerge; will continue outputting the frames up to but excluding the following key frame."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:754
msgid "In example 1 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content starting from the first key frame at or after <literal>137</literal> up to but excluding the first key frame at or after <literal>258</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>548</literal> until <literal>1211</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:760
msgid "In example 2 &mkvmerge; will create only one file. This file will contain both the content starting from <literal>733</literal> until <literal>912</literal> and the content starting from <literal>1592</literal> until <literal>2730</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:765
msgid "In example 3 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content from the start of the source files until <literal>430</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>2512</literal> until the end of the source files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:771
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:808
msgid "This mode considers only the first video track that is output.  If no video track is output no splitting will occur."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:776
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:813
msgid "The numbers given with this argument are interpreted based on the number of &matroska; blocks that are output.  A single &matroska; block contains either a full frame (for progressive content) or a single field (for interlaced content).  mkvmerge does not distinguish between those two and simply counts the number of blocks.  For example: If one wanted to split after the 25th full frame with interlaced content one would have to use <literal>50</literal> (two fields per full frame) as the split point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:786
msgid "Splitting after specific frames/fields."
msgstr "在指定影格數/圖場數後分割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:790
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>frames:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:794
msgid "Example: <code>--split frames:120,237,891</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:798
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all be positive integers.  Numbering starts at 1.  The list of frame/field numbers is separated by commas.  After the input stream has reached the current split point's frame/field number a new file is created.  Then the next split point given in this list is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:804
msgid "The '<literal>frames:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
msgstr "'<literal>frames:</literal>' 的首碼不可省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:823
msgid "Splitting before specific chapters."
msgstr "在指定的章節前分割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:827
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:all</literal> or <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "語法: <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:all</literal> 或 <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:832
msgid "Example: <code>--split chapters:5,8</code>"
msgstr "範例: <code>--split chapters:5,8</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:836
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all be positive integers.  Numbering starts at 1.  The list of chapter numbers is separated by commas.  Splitting will occur right before the first key frame whose timestamp is equal to or bigger than the start timestamp for the chapters whose numbers are listed.  A chapter starting at 0s is never considered for splitting and discarded silently."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:843
msgid "The keyword <literal>all</literal> can be used instead of listing all chapter numbers manually."
msgstr "可以使用關鍵字 <literal>all</literal> 取代手動輸入所有章節編號。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:847
msgid "The '<literal>chapters:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
msgstr "'<literal>chapters:</literal>' 首碼的不可省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:852
msgid "The &matroska; file format supports arbitrary deeply nested chapter structures called 'edition entries' and 'chapter atoms'.  However, this mode only considers the top-most level of chapters across all edition entries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:860
msgid "For this splitting mode the output filename is treated differently than for the normal operation. It may contain a <function>printf</function> like expression '<code>%d</code>' including an optional field width, e.g. '<code>%02d</code>'. If it does then the current file number will be formatted appropriately and inserted at that point in the filename.  If there is no such pattern then a pattern of '<code>-%03d</code>' is assumed right before the file's extension: '<code>-o output.mkv</code>' would result in '<code>output-001.mkv</code>' and so on. If there's no extension then '<code>-%03d</code>' will be appended to the name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:869
msgid "Another possible pattern is '<code>%c</code>' which will be replaced by the name of the first chapter in the file. Note that when '<code>%c</code>' is present, the pattern '<code>-%03d</code>' will not be added automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:876
msgid "<option>--link</option>"
msgstr "<option>--link</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:879
msgid "Link files to one another when splitting the output file. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:886
msgid "<option>--link-to-previous</option> <parameter>segment-UID</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--link-to-previous</option> <parameter>剪輯-UID</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:889
msgid "Links the first output file to the segment with the segment UID given by the <parameter>segment-UID</parameter> parameter. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:900
msgid "<option>--link-to-next</option> <parameter>segment-UID</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--link-to-next</option> <parameter>剪輯-UID</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:903
msgid "Links the last output file to the segment with the segment UID given by the <parameter>segment-UID</parameter> parameter. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:914
msgid "<option>--append-mode</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--append-mode</option> <parameter>模式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:917
msgid "Determines how timestamps are calculated when appending files.  The parameter <parameter>mode</parameter> can have two values: '<literal>file</literal>' which is also the default and '<literal>track</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:922
msgid "When mkvmerge appends a track (called '<literal>track2_1</literal>' from now on) from a second file (called '<literal>file2</literal>') to a track (called '<literal>track1_1</literal>') from the first file (called '<literal>file1</literal>')  then it has to offset all timestamps for '<literal>track2_1</literal>' by an amount.  For '<literal>file</literal>' mode this amount is the highest timestamp encountered in '<literal>file1</literal>' even if that timestamp was from a different track than '<literal>track1_1</literal>'. In track mode the offset is the highest timestamp of '<literal>track1_1</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:930
msgid "Unfortunately mkvmerge cannot detect which mode to use reliably. Therefore it defaults to '<literal>file</literal>' mode. '<literal>file</literal>' mode usually works better for files that have been created independently of each other; e.g. when appending <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> or <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files. '<literal>track</literal>' mode may work better for sources that are essentially just parts of one big file, e.g. for <abbrev>VOB</abbrev> and <abbrev>EVO</abbrev> files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:937
msgid "Subtitle tracks are always treated as if '<literal>file</literal>' mode were active even if '<literal>track</literal>' mode actually is."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:944
msgid "<option>--append-to</option> <parameter>SFID1:STID1:DFID1:DTID1<optional>,...</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--append-to</option> <parameter>SFID1:STID1:DFID1:DTID1<optional>,...</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:947
msgid "This option controls to which track another track is appended.  Each spec contains four IDs: a file ID, a track ID, a second file ID and a second track ID.  The first pair, \"source file ID\" and \"source track ID\", identifies the track that is to be appended.  The second pair, \"destination file ID\" and \"destination track ID\", identifies the track the first one is appended to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:953
msgid "If this option has been omitted then a standard mapping is used.  This standard mapping appends each track from the current file to a track from the previous file with the same track ID.  This allows for easy appending if a movie has been split into two parts and both file have the same number of tracks and track IDs with the command <command>mkvmerge -o output.mkv part1.mkv +part2.mkv</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:961
msgid "<option>+</option>"
msgstr "<option>+</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:964
msgid "A single '+' causes the next file to be appended instead of added. The '+' can also be put in front of the next file name. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv + file2.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv +file2.mkv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:974
msgid "<option>[</option> <parameter>file1</parameter> <parameter>file2</parameter> <option>]</option>"
msgstr "<option>[</option> <parameter>檔案1</parameter> <parameter>檔案2</parameter> <option>]</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:977
msgid "If multiple file names are contained in a pair of square brackets then the second and all following files will be appended to the first file named within the brackets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:981
msgid "This is an alternative syntax to using '+' between the file names. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:984
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv + file2.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv '[' file1.mkv file2.mkv ']'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:990
msgid "<option>=</option>"
msgstr "<option>=</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:993
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; looks for files in the same directory as an input file that have the same base name and only differ in their running number (e.g. 'VTS_01_1.VOB', 'VTS_01_2.VOB', 'VTS_01_3.VOB' etc) and treats all of those files as if they were concatenated into a single big file. This option, a single '=', causes mkvmerge not to look for those additional files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:999
msgid "The '=' can also be put in front of the next file name. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv = file1.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv =file1.mkv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1008
msgid "<option>(</option> <parameter>file1</parameter> <parameter>file2</parameter> <option>)</option>"
msgstr "<option>(</option> <parameter>檔案1</parameter> <parameter>檔案2</parameter> <option>)</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1011
msgid "If multiple file names are contained in a pair of parenthesis then those files will be treated as if they were concatenated into a single big file consisting of the content of each of the files one after the other."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1016
msgid "This can be used for e.g. VOB files coming from a DVD or MPEG transport streams. It cannot be used if each file contains its own set of headers which is usually the case with stand-alone files like AVI or MP4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1021
msgid "Putting a file name into parenthesis also prevents &mkvmerge; from looking for additional files with the same base name as described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.prevent_concatenation\">option <option>=</option></link>. Therefore these two command lines are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1026
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o out.mkv = file.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o out.mkv '(' file.mkv ')'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1030
msgid "Several things should be noted:"
msgstr "需要注意以下幾點:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1036
msgid "There must be spaces both after the opening and before the closing parenthesis."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1042
msgid "Every parameter between parenthesis is interpreted as a file name. Therefore all options applying to this logical file must be listed before the opening parenthesis."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1048
msgid "Some shells treat parenthesis as special characters. Hence you must escape or quote them as shown in the example above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1059
msgid "Attachment support (more global options)"
msgstr "附件支援(更多全域選項)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1063
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:351
msgid "<option>--attachment-description</option> <parameter>description</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-description</option> <parameter>描述</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1066
msgid "Plain text description of the following attachment. Applies to the next <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or <option>--attach-file-once</option> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1074
msgid "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>MIME type</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>MIME 類型</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1077
msgid "<abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type of the following attachment. Applies to the next <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> option.  A list of officially recognized <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> types can be found e.g. at <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/\">the IANA homepage</ulink>. The <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type is mandatory for an attachment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1087
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:333
msgid "<option>--attachment-name</option> <parameter>name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-name</option> <parameter>名稱</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1090
msgid "Sets the name that will be stored in the output file for this attachment.  If this option is not given then the name will be derived from the file name of the attachment as given with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1100
msgid "<option>--attach-file</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>, <option>--attach-file-once</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attach-file</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>, <option>--attach-file-once</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1105
msgid "Creates a file attachment inside the &matroska; file. The <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type must have been set before this option can used. The difference between the two forms is that during splitting the files attached with <option>--attach-file</option> are attached to all output files while the ones attached with <option>--attach-file-once</option> are only attached to the first file created.  If splitting is not used then both do the same."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1112
msgid "&mkvextract; can be used to extract attached files from a &matroska; file."
msgstr "&mkvextract; 可用於從 &matroska; 檔中提取附加檔。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1120
msgid "Options that can be used for each input file"
msgstr "可用於每個輸入檔的選項"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1124
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--audio-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-a</option>, <option>--audio-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1127
msgid "Copy the audio tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all audio tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1133
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1158
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1179
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1200
msgid "Instead of track IDs you can also provide ISO 639-2 language codes. This will only work for source files that provide language tags for their tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1138
msgid "Default: copy all tracks of this kind."
msgstr "預設: 複製此類型的所有軌道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1142
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1163
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1184
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1205
msgid "If the IDs are prefixed with <literal>!</literal> then the meaning is reversed: copy all tracks of this kind but the ones listed after the <literal>!</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1149
msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-d</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1152
msgid "Copy the video tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all video tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1170
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1173
msgid "Copy the subtitle tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all subtitle tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1191
msgid "<option>-b</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-b</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1194
msgid "Copy the button tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all button tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1212
msgid "<option>--track-tags</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--track-tags</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1215
msgid "Copy the tags for tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc.  The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>).  They're not simply the track numbers.  Default: copy tags for all tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1221
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1243
msgid "If the IDs are prefixed with <literal>!</literal> then the meaning is reversed: copy everything but the IDs listed after the <literal>!</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1228
msgid "<option>-m</option>, <option>--attachments</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n<optional>:all|first</optional>,m<optional>:all|first</optional>,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-m</option>, <option>--attachments</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n<optional>:all|first</optional>,m<optional>:all|first</optional>,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1231
msgid "Copy the attachments with the IDs <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc to all or only the first output file. Each ID can be followed by either '<literal>:all</literal>' (which is the default if neither is entered) or '<literal>:first</literal>'. If splitting is active then those attachments whose IDs are specified with '<literal>:all</literal>' are copied to all of the resulting output files while the others are only copied into the first output file. If splitting is not active then both variants have the same effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1239
msgid "The default is to copy all attachments to all output files."
msgstr "預設值是將所有附件複製到所有輸出檔案。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1250
msgid "<option>-A</option>, <option>--no-audio</option>"
msgstr "<option>-A</option>, <option>--no-audio</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1253
msgid "Don't copy any audio track from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製任何音訊軌。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1259
msgid "<option>-D</option>, <option>--no-video</option>"
msgstr "<option>-D</option>, <option>--no-video</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1262
msgid "Don't copy any video track from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製任何視訊軌。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1268
msgid "<option>-S</option>, <option>--no-subtitles</option>"
msgstr "<option>-S</option>, <option>--no-subtitles</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1271
msgid "Don't copy any subtitle track from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製任何字幕軌。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1277
msgid "<option>-B</option>, <option>--no-buttons</option>"
msgstr "<option>-B</option>, <option>--no-buttons</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1280
msgid "Don't copy any button track from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製任何按鈕軌。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1286
msgid "<option>-T</option>, <option>--no-track-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>-T</option>, <option>--no-track-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1289
msgid "Don't copy any track specific tags from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔複製任何軌道的指定標籤。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1295
msgid "<option>--no-chapters</option>"
msgstr "<option>--no-chapters</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1298
msgid "Don't copy chapters from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製章節。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1304
msgid "<option>-M</option>, <option>--no-attachments</option>"
msgstr "<option>-M</option>, <option>--no-attachments</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1307
msgid "Don't copy attachments from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製附件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1313
msgid "<option>--no-global-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>--no-global-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1316
msgid "Don't copy global tags from this file."
msgstr "不要從此檔案複製全域標籤。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1325
msgid "Sets the charset that is used for the conversion to UTF-8 for chapter information contained in the source file. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\">text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1336
msgid "Sets the ISO 639-2 language code that is written for each chapter entry.  This option can be used for source files that contain chapters but no information about the chapters' languages, e.g. for MP4 and OGM files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1343
msgid "<option>-y</option>, <option>--sync</option> <parameter>TID:d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-y</option>, <option>--sync</option> <parameter>TID:d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1346
msgid "Adjust the timestamps of the track with the id <parameter>TID</parameter> by <parameter>d</parameter> ms. The track IDs are the same as the ones given with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1369
msgid "<option>--cues</option> <parameter>TID:none|iframes|all</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cues</option> <parameter>TID:none|iframes|all</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1372
msgid "Controls for which tracks cue (index) entries are created for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). '<literal>none</literal>' inhibits the creation of cue entries.  For '<literal>iframes</literal>' only blocks with no backward or forward references ( = I frames in video tracks) are put into the cue sheet. '<literal>all</literal>' causes &mkvmerge; to create cue entries for all blocks which will make the file very big."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1379
msgid "The default is '<literal>iframes</literal>' for video and subtitle tracks and '<literal>none</literal>' for audio tracks.  See also option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_cues\"><option>--no-cues</option></link> which inhibits the creation of cue entries regardless of the <option>--cues</option> options used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1391
msgid "<option>--default-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--default-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1394
msgid "Sets the 'default' flag for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) if the optional argument <parameter>bool</parameter> is not present.  If the user does not explicitly select a track himself then the player should prefer the track that has his 'default' flag set. Only one track of each kind (audio, video, subtitles, buttons) can have his 'default' flag set.  If the user wants no track to have the default track flag set then he has to set <parameter>bool</parameter> to <constant>0</constant> for all tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1408
msgid "<option>--forced-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--forced-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1411
msgid "Sets the 'forced' flag for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) if the optional argument <parameter>bool</parameter> is not present. A player must play all tracks for which this flag is set to <constant>1</constant>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1422
msgid "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>TID:level</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>TID:層級</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1425
msgid "Keep only the <classname>BlockAdditions</classname> up to the level <parameter>level</parameter> for the given track.  The default is to keep all levels.  This option only affects certain kinds of codecs like WAVPACK4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1432
msgid "<option>--track-name</option> <parameter>TID:name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--track-name</option> <parameter>TID:名稱</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1435
msgid "Sets the track name for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) to <parameter>name</parameter>."
msgstr "給指定軌道 (請參閱 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">軌道 ID</link> 章節) 的名稱設定為 <parameter>檔名</parameter>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1442
msgid "<option>--language</option> <parameter>TID:language</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--language</option> <parameter>TID:語言</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1445
msgid "Sets the language for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Both ISO 639-2 language codes and ISO 639-1 country codes are allowed. The country codes will be converted to language codes automatically.  All languages including their ISO 639-2 codes can be listed with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.list_languages\"><option>--list-languages</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1458
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>TID:file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>TID:檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1461
msgid "Read tags for the track with the number <parameter>TID</parameter> from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">tags</link> below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1468
msgid "<option>--aac-is-sbr</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--aac-is-sbr</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1471
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; that the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> is <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> (also known as <abbrev>HE-AAC</abbrev> or <abbrev>AAC+</abbrev>). This options is needed if a) the source file is an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file (<emphasis>not</emphasis> for a &matroska; file) and b) the <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file contains <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> data.  The reason for this switch is that it is technically impossible to automatically tell normal <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> data from <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> data without decoding a complete <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> frame. As there are several patent issues with <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> decoders &mkvmerge; will never contain this decoding stage. So for <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> files this switch is mandatory. The resulting file might not play back correctly or even not at all if the switch was omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1481
msgid "If the source file is a &matroska; file then the <classname>CodecID</classname> should be enough to detect <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev>. However, if the <classname>CodecID</classname> is wrong then this switch can be used to correct that."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1486
msgid "If mkvmerge wrongfully detects that an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file is <abbrev>SBR</abbrev> then you can add '<literal>:0</literal>' to the track ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1493
msgid "<option>--reduce-to-core</option> <parameter>TID</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--reduce-to-core</option> <parameter>TID</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1496
msgid "Some audio codecs have a lossy core and optional extensions that implement lossless decoding. This option tells &mkvmerge; to only copy the core but not the extensions. By default &mkvmerge; copies both the core and the extensions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1501
msgid "Currently only <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> tracks are affected by this option. TrueHD tracks that contain an embedded <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> core are instead presented as two separate tracks for which the user can select which track to copy. For <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> such a scheme would not work as the HD extensions cannot be decoded by themselves – unlike the TrueHD data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1509
msgid "<option>--remove-dialog-normalization-gain</option> <parameter>TID</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--remove-dialog-normalization-gain</option> <parameter>TID</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1512
msgid "Some audio codecs contain header fields that tell the decoder or player to apply a (usually negative) gain for dialog normalization. This option tells &mkvmerge; to remove or minimize that gain by modifying the corresponding header fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1517
msgid "Currently only <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev>, <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> and <abbrev>TrueHD</abbrev> tracks are affected by this option."
msgstr "目前只有 <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev>、<abbrev>DTS</abbrev> 和 <abbrev>TrueHD</abbrev> 軌道受此選項影響。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1523
msgid "<option>--timestamps</option> <parameter>TID:file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--timestamps</option> <parameter>TID:檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1526
msgid "Read the timestamps to be used for the specific track ID from <parameter>file-name</parameter>.  These timestamps forcefully override the timestamps that &mkvmerge; normally calculates. Read the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.external_timestamp_files\">external timestamp files</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1534
msgid "<option>--default-duration</option> <parameter>TID:x</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--default-duration</option> <parameter>TID:x</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1537
msgid "Forces the default duration of a given track to the specified value.  Also modifies the track's timestamps to match the default duration.  The argument <parameter>x</parameter> must be postfixed with '<literal>s</literal>', '<literal>ms</literal>', '<literal>us</literal>', '<literal>ns</literal>', '<literal>fps</literal>', '<literal>p</literal>' or '<literal>i</literal>' to specify the default duration in seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, nanoseconds, 'frames per second', 'progressive frames per second' or 'interlaced frames per second' respectively. The number <parameter>x</parameter> itself can be a floating point number or a fraction."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1546
msgid "If the default duration is not forced then mkvmerge will try to derive the track's default duration from the container and/or the encoded bitstream for certain track types, e.g. AVC/H.264 or MPEG-2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1551
msgid "This option can also be used to change the <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> of video tracks without having to use an external timestamp file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1557
msgid "<option>--fix-bitstream-timing-information</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--fix-bitstream-timing-information</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1560
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; does not change the timing information (frame/field rate) stored in the video bitstream. With this option that information is adjusted to match the container timing information. The container timing information can come from various sources: from the command line (see option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.default_duration\"><option>--default-duration</option></link>), the source container or derived from the bitstream."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1567
msgid "This has only been implemented for AVC/H.264 video tracks so far."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1573
msgid "<option>--nalu-size-length</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--nalu-size-length</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1576
msgid "Forces the <abbrev>NALU</abbrev> size length to <parameter>n</parameter> bytes.  This parameter is only used if the AVC/H.264 elementary stream packetizer is used.  If left out it defaults to 4 bytes, but there are files that contain frames or slices that are all smaller than 65536 bytes.  For such files you can use this parameter and decrease the size to 2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1584
msgid "<option>--compression</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--compression</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1587
msgid "Selects the compression method to be used for the track. Note that the player also has to support this method. Valid values are '<literal>none</literal>', '<literal>zlib</literal>' and '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1591
msgid "The compression method '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>' is a special compression method called 'header removal' that is only available for <abbrev>MPEG4</abbrev> part 2 video tracks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1595
msgid "The default for some subtitle types is '<literal>zlib</literal>' compression. This compression method is also the one that most if not all playback applications support. Support for other compression methods other than '<literal>none</literal>' is not assured."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1604
msgid "Options that only apply to video tracks"
msgstr "僅適用於視訊軌的選項"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1608
msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--fourcc</option> <parameter>TID:FourCC</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-f</option>, <option>--fourcc</option> <parameter>TID:FourCC</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1611
msgid "Forces the <classname>FourCC</classname> to the specified value. Works only for video tracks in the 'MS compatibility mode'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1617
msgid "<option>--display-dimensions</option> <parameter>TID:widthxheight</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--display-dimensions</option> <parameter>TID:寬x高</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1620
msgid "&matroska; files contain two values that set the display properties that a player should scale the image on playback to: display width and display height.  These values can be set with this option, e.g. '<literal>1:640x480</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1625
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> or the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> option (see below).  These options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1634
msgid "<option>--aspect-ratio</option> <parameter>TID:ratio|width/height</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--aspect-ratio</option> <parameter>TID:比例|寬度/高度</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1637
msgid "&matroska; files contain two values that set the display properties that a player should scale the image on playback to: display width and display height.  With this option &mkvmerge; will automatically calculate the display width and display height based on the image's original width and height and the aspect ratio given with this option.  The ratio can be given either as a floating point number <parameter>ratio</parameter> or as a fraction '<parameter>width</parameter>/<parameter>height</parameter>', e.g. '<literal>16/9</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1645
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> options (see above and below). These options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1654
msgid "<option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option> <parameter>TID:factor|n/d</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option> <parameter>TID:係數|n/d</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1657
msgid "Another way to set the aspect ratio is to specify a <parameter>factor</parameter>. The original aspect ratio is first multiplied with this <parameter>factor</parameter> and used as the target aspect ratio afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1662
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> options (see above). These options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1671
msgid "<option>--cropping</option> <parameter>TID:left,top,right,bottom</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cropping</option> <parameter>TID:l至左,至頂,至右,至底</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1674
msgid "Sets the pixel cropping parameters of a video track to the given values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1680
msgid "<option>--colour-matrix</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--colour-matrix</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1683
msgid "Sets the matrix coefficients of the video used to derive luma and chroma values from red, green and blue color primaries. The parameter <parameter>n</parameter> is an integer rangeing from <constant>0</constant> and <constant>10</constant>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1688
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1768
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1790
msgid "Valid values and their meaning are:"
msgstr "有效值其含義為:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1692
msgid "<constant>0</constant>: GBR, <constant>1</constant>: BT709, <constant>2</constant>: unspecified, <constant>3</constant>: reserved, <constant>4</constant>: FCC, <constant>5</constant>: BT470BG, <constant>6</constant>: SMPTE 170M, <constant>7</constant>: SMPTE 240M, <constant>8</constant>: YCOCG, <constant>9</constant>: BT2020 non-constant luminance, <constant>10</constant>: BT2020 constant luminance"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1701
msgid "<option>--colour-bits-per-channel</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--colour-bits-per-channel</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1704
msgid "Sets the number of coded bits for a colour channel. A value of <constant>0</constant> indicates that the number of bits is unspecified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1711
msgid "<option>--chroma-subsample</option> <parameter>TID:hori,vert</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chroma-subsample</option> <parameter>TID:水平,垂直</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1714
msgid "The amount of pixels to remove in the Cr and Cb channels for every pixel not removed horizontally/vertically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1718
msgid "Example: For video with 4:2:0 chroma subsampling, the parameter should be set to <code><parameter>TID</parameter>:<constant>1</constant>,<constant>1</constant></code>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1725
msgid "<option>--cb-subsample</option> <parameter>TID:hori,vert</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cb-subsample</option> <parameter>TID:水平,垂直</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1728
msgid "The amount of pixels to remove in the Cb channel for every pixel not removed horizontally/vertically. This is additive with <option>--chroma-subsample</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1733
msgid "Example: For video with 4:2:1 chroma subsampling, the parameter <option>--chroma-subsample</option> should be set to <code><parameter>TID</parameter>:<constant>1</constant>,<constant>0</constant></code> and Cb-subsample should be set to <code><parameter>TID</parameter>:<constant>1</constant>,<constant>0</constant></code>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1741
msgid "<option>--chroma-siting</option> <parameter>TID:hori,vert</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chroma-siting</option> <parameter>TID:水平,垂直</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1744
msgid "Sets how chroma is sited horizontally/vertically (<constant>0</constant>: unspecified, <constant>1</constant>: top collocated, <constant>2</constant>: half)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1751
msgid "<option>--colour-range</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--colour-range</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1754
msgid "Sets the clipping of the color ranges (<constant>0</constant>: unspecified, <constant>1</constant>: broadcast range, <constant>2</constant>: full range (no clipping), <constant>3</constant>: defined by MatrixCoefficients/TransferCharacteristics)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1761
msgid "<option>--colour-transfer-characteristics</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--colour-transfer-characteristics</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1764
msgid "The transfer characteristics of the video."
msgstr "視訊的傳輸類型。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1772
msgid "<constant>0</constant>: reserved, <constant>1</constant>: ITU-R BT.709, <constant>2</constant>: unspecified, <constant>3</constant>: reserved, <constant>4</constant>: gamma 2.2 curve, <constant>5</constant>: gamma 2.8 curve, <constant>6</constant>: SMPTE 170M, <constant>7</constant>: SMPTE 240M, <constant>8</constant>: linear, <constant>9</constant>: log, <constant>10</constant>: log sqrt, <constant>11</constant>: IEC 61966-2-4, <constant>12</constant>: ITU-R BT.1361 extended colour gamut, <constant>13</constant>: IEC 61966-2-1, <constant>14</constant>: ITU-R BT.2020 10 bit, <constant>15</constant>: ITU-R BT.2020 12 bit, <constant>16</constant>: SMPTE ST 2084, <constant>17</constant>: SMPTE ST 428-1; <constant>18</constant>: ARIB STD-B67 (HLG)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1783
msgid "<option>--colour-primaries</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--colour-primaries</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1786
msgid "Sets the colour primaries of the video."
msgstr "設定視訊的主要色彩。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1794
msgid "<constant>0</constant>: reserved, <constant>1</constant>: ITU-R BT.709, <constant>2</constant>: unspecified, <constant>3</constant>: reserved, <constant>4</constant>: ITU-R BT.470M, <constant>5</constant>: ITU-R BT.470BG, <constant>6</constant>: SMPTE 170M, <constant>7</constant>: SMPTE 240M, <constant>8</constant>: FILM, <constant>9</constant>: ITU-R BT.2020, <constant>10</constant>: SMPTE ST 428-1, <constant>22</constant>: JEDEC P22 phosphors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1803
msgid "<option>--max-content-light</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--max-content-light</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1806
msgid "Sets the maximum brightness of a single pixel (Maximum Content Light Level) in candelas per square meter (cd/m²). The value of <parameter>n</parameter> should be a non-negtive integer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1813
msgid "<option>--max-frame-light</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--max-frame-light</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1816
msgid "Sets the maximum brightness of a single full frame (Maximum Frame-Average Light Level) in candelas per square meter (cd/m²). The value of <parameter>n</parameter> should be a non-negtive integer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1824
msgid "<option>--chromaticity-coordinates</option> <parameter>TID:red-x,red-y,green-x,green-y,blue-x,blue-y</parameter>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1828
msgid "Sets the red/green/blue chromaticity coordinates as defined by CIE 1931."
msgstr "設定由 CIE 1931 定義的紅/綠/藍色度座標。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1834
msgid "<option>--white-colour-coordinates</option> <parameter>TID:x,y</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--white-colour-coordinates</option> <parameter>TID:x,y</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1837
msgid "Sets the white colour chromaticity coordinates as defined by CIE 1931."
msgstr "設定由 CIE 1931 定義的白色色度座標。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1843
msgid "<option>--max-luminance</option> <parameter>TID:float</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--max-luminance</option> <parameter>TID:浮點數</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1846
msgid "Sets the maximum luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m²). The value should be less than 9999.99."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1852
msgid "<option>--min-luminance</option> <parameter>TID:float</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--min-luminance</option> <parameter>TID:浮點數</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1855
msgid "Sets the minimum luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m²). The value should be less than 999.9999."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1861
msgid "<option>--projection-type</option> <parameter>TID:method</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--projection-type</option> <parameter>TID:方式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1864
msgid "Sets the video projection method used. Valid values are 0 (rectangular projection), 1 (equirectangular projection), 2 (cubemap projection) and 3 (mesh projection)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1870
msgid "<option>--projection-private</option> <parameter>TID:data</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--projection-private</option> <parameter>TID:資料</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1873
msgid "Sets private data that only applies to a specific projection. Data must be given as hex numbers with or without the &quot;0x&quot; prefix, with or without spaces."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1879
msgid "<option>--projection-pose-yaw</option> <parameter>TID:float</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--projection-pose-yaw</option> <parameter>TID:f漂浮點</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1882
msgid "Specifies a yaw rotation to the projection."
msgstr "指定繞 Z 軸旋轉至視訊外觀比。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1888
msgid "<option>--projection-pose-pitch</option> <parameter>TID:float</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--projection-pose-pitch</option> <parameter>TID:漂浮點</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1891
msgid "Specifies a pitch rotation to the projection."
msgstr "指定繞 Y 軸旋轉至視訊外觀比。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1897
msgid "<option>--projection-pose-roll</option> <parameter>TID:float</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--projection-pose-roll</option> <parameter>TID:漂浮點</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1900
msgid "Specifies a roll rotation to the projection."
msgstr "指定繞 Y 軸旋轉至視訊外觀比。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1906
msgid "<option>--field-order</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--field-order</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1909
msgid "Sets the field order for the video track with the track ID <parameter>TID</parameter>.  The order must be one of the following numbers:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1913
msgid "<constant>0</constant>: progressive; <constant>1</constant>: interlaced with top field displayed first and top field stored first; <constant>2</constant>: undetermined field order; <constant>6</constant>: interlaced with bottom field displayed first and bottom field stored first; <constant>9</constant>: interlaced with bottom field displayed first and top field stored first; <constant>14</constant>: interlaced with top field displayed first and bottom field stored first"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1922
msgid "<option>--stereo-mode</option> <parameter>TID:n|keyword</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--stereo-mode</option> <parameter>TID:n|關鍵字</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1925
msgid "Sets the stereo mode for the video track with the track ID <parameter>TID</parameter>.  The mode can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> between <constant>0</constant> and <constant>14</constant> or one of these keywords:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1930
msgid "'<literal>mono</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_left_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_right_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_left_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_right_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_left_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_cyan_red</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_right_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_green_magenta</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_left_first</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_right_first</literal>'."
msgstr "'<literal>mono</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_left_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_right_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_left_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_right_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_left_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_cyan_red</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_right_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_green_magenta</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_left_first</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_right_first</literal>'."

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1944
msgid "Options that only apply to text subtitle tracks"
msgstr "僅適用於字幕軌的選項"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1948
msgid "<option>--sub-charset</option> <parameter>TID:character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--sub-charset</option> <parameter>TID:字元集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1951
msgid "Sets the character set for the conversion to UTF-8 for UTF-8 subtitles for the given track ID. If not specified the charset will be derived from the current locale settings. Note that a charset is not needed for subtitles read from &matroska; files or from Kate streams, as these are always stored in UTF-8. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\">text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1966
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "其他選項"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1970
msgid "<option>-i</option>, <option>--identify</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-i</option>, <option>--identify</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1973
msgid "Will let &mkvmerge; probe the single file and report its type, the tracks contained in the file and their track IDs. If this option is used then the only other option allowed is the filename."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1977
msgid "The output format used for the result can be changed with the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identification_format\">--identification-format</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1982
msgid "<option>-J</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-J</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1985
msgid "This is a convenient alias for \"<literal>--identification-format json --identify file-name</literal>\"."
msgstr "這是 \"<literal>--identification-format json --identify 檔名</literal>\" 的簡便命名。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1991
msgid "<option>-F</option>, <option>--identification-format</option> <parameter>format</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-F</option>, <option>--identification-format</option> <parameter>格式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1994
msgid "Determines the output format used by the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><literal>--identify</literal> option</link>. The following formats are supported: <literal>text</literal> (the default if this option isn't used) and <literal>json</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2001
msgid "The <literal>text</literal> format is short and human-readable. It consists of one line per item found (container, tracks, attachments etc.)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2003
msgid "This format is not meant to be parsed. The output will be translated into the language &mkvmerge; uses (see also <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.ui_language\">--ui-language</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2009
msgid "The <literal>json</literal> format outputs a machine-readable JSON representation. This format follows the JSON schema described in the following file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2014
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://mkvtoolnix.download/doc/mkvmerge-identification-output-schema-v12.json\"><literal>mkvmerge-identification-output-schema-v12.json</literal></ulink>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://mkvtoolnix.download/doc/mkvmerge-identification-output-schema-v12.json\"><literal>mkvmerge-identification-output-schema-v12.json</literal></ulink>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2018
msgid "All versions of the JSON schema are available both online and in the released source code archives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2026
msgid "<option>--probe-range-percentage</option> <parameter>percentage</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--probe-range-percentage</option> <parameter>百分比</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2029
msgid "File types such as MPEG program and transport streams (<literal>.vob</literal>, <literal>.m2ts</literal>) require parsing a certain amount of data in order to detect all tracks contained in the file.  This amount is 0.3% of the source file's size or 10 MB, whichever is higher."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2035
msgid "If tracks are known to be present but not found then the percentage to probe can be changed with this option.  The minimum of 10 MB is built-in and cannot be changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2042
msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-types</option>"
msgstr "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-types</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2045
msgid "Lists supported input file types."
msgstr "列出已支援的輸入檔案類型。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2051
msgid "<option>--list-languages</option>"
msgstr "<option>--list-languages</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2054
msgid "Lists all languages and their ISO 639-2 code which can be used with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2061
msgid "<option>--priority</option> <parameter>priority</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--priority</option> <parameter>優先順序</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2064
msgid "Sets the process priority that &mkvmerge; runs with. Valid values are '<literal>lowest</literal>', '<literal>lower</literal>', '<literal>normal</literal>', '<literal>higher</literal>' and '<literal>highest</literal>'. If nothing is given then '<literal>normal</literal>' is used. On Unix like systems &mkvmerge; will use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nice</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> function. Therefore only the super user can use '<literal>higher</literal>' and '<literal>highest</literal>'. On Windows all values are useable for every user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2071
msgid "Selecting '<literal>lowest</literal>' also causes &mkvmerge; to select idle I/O priority in addition to the lowest possible process priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2080
msgid "Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale. This settings applies to arguments of the following options: <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\"><option>--title</option></link>, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.track_name\"><option>--track-name</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachment_description\"><option>--attachment-description</option></link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2103
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2143
msgid "<option>--deterministic</option> <parameter>seed</parameter>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2146
msgid "Enables the creation of byte-identical files if the same version of &mkvmerge; is used with the same source files, the same set of options and the same seed.  Note that the \"date\" segment information field is not written in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2150
msgid "The seed can be an arbitrary string and does not have to be a number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2153
msgid "The result of byte-identical files is only guaranteed under the following conditions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2158
msgid "The same version of &mkvmerge; built with the same versions of libEBML and libMatroska is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2162
msgid "The source files used are byte-identical."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2166
msgid "The same command line options are used in the same order (with the notable exception of <parameter>--output …</parameter>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2171
msgid "Using other versions of &mkvmerge; or other command-line options may result in the same byte-identical file but is not guaranteed to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2189
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvmerge --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2211
msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_files\">option files</link> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2218
msgid "<option>--capabilities</option>"
msgstr "<option>--capabilities</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2221
msgid "Lists information about optional features that have been compiled in and exit. The first line output will be the version information. All following lines contain exactly one word whose presence indicates that the feature has been compiled in. These features are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2229
msgid "'<literal>FLAC</literal>' -- reading raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files and handling <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks in other containers, e.g. <productname>Ogg</productname> or &matroska;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2259
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "使用方式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2261
msgid "For each file the user can select which tracks &mkvmerge; should take.  They are all put into the file specified with <option>-o</option>. A list of known (and supported) source formats can be obtained with the <option>-l</option> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2274
msgid "Option order"
msgstr "選項順序"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2277
msgid "The order in which options are entered is important for some options. Options fall into two categories:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2283
msgid "Options that affect the whole program and are not tied to any input file. These include but are not limited to <option>--command-line-charset</option>, <option>--output</option> or <option>--title</option>. These can appear anywhere on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2291
msgid "Options that affect a single input file or a single track in an input file. These options all apply to the following input file on the command line. All options applying to the same input (or to tracks from the same input file) file can be written in any order as long as they all appear before that input file's name. Examples for options applying to an input file are <option>--no-chapters</option> or <option>--chapter-charset</option>. Examples for options applying to a single track are <option>--default-duration</option> or <option>--language</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2301
msgid "The options are processed from left to right. If an option appears multiple times within the same scope then the last occurrence will be used. Therefore the title will be set to &quot;Something else&quot; in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2305
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv --title 'This and that' input.avi --title 'Something else'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2308
msgid "The following example shows that using the <option>--language</option> option twice is OK because they're used in different scopes. Even though they apply to the same track ID they apply to different input files and therefore have different scopes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2312
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv --language 0:fre français.ogg --language 0:deu deutsch.ogg"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2318
msgid "Let's assume you have a file called MyMovie.avi and the audio track in a separate file, e.g. '<literal>MyMovie.wav</literal>'. First you want to encode the audio to &oggvorbis;:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2322
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ oggenc -q4 -oMyMovie.ogg MyMovie.wav"
msgstr "$ oggenc -q4 -o我的影片.ogg 我的影片.wav"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2325
msgid "After a couple of minutes you can join video and audio:"
msgstr "幾分鐘後就可以加入視訊和音訊:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2328
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MyMovie-with-sound.mkv MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的有聲影片.mkv 我的影片.avi 我的影片.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2331
msgid "If your <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> already contains an audio track then it will be copied as well (if &mkvmerge; supports the audio format). To avoid that simply do"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2335
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MyMovie-with-sound.mkv -A MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的有聲影片.mkv -A 我的影片.avi 我的影片.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2338
msgid "After some minutes of consideration you rip another audio track, e.g.  the director's comments or another language to '<literal>MyMovie-add-audio.wav</literal>'.  Encode it again and join it up with the other file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2342
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ oggenc -q4 -oMyMovie-add-audio.ogg MyMovie-add-audio.wav\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o MM-complete.mkv MyMovie-with-sound.mkv MyMovie-add-audio.ogg"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2346
msgid "The same result can be achieved with"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2349
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MM-complete.mkv -A MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg MyMovie-add-audio.ogg"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2352
msgid "Now fire up <productname>mplayer</productname> and enjoy. If you have multiple audio tracks (or even video tracks) then you can tell <productname>mplayer</productname> which track to play with the '<option>-vid</option>' and '<option>-aid</option>' options. These are 0-based and do not distinguish between video and audio."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2358
msgid "If you need an audio track synchronized you can do that easily. First find out which track ID the Vorbis track has with"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2361
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge --identify outofsync.ogg"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2364
msgid "Now you can use that ID in the following command line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2367
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o goodsync.mkv -A source.avi -y 12345:200 outofsync.ogg"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2370
msgid "This would add 200ms of silence at the beginning of the audio track with the ID <constant>12345</constant> taken from '<literal>outofsync.ogg</literal>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2375
msgid "Some movies start synced correctly but slowly drift out of sync. For these kind of movies you can specify a delay factor that is applied to all timestamps -- no data is added or removed. So if you make that factor too big or too small you'll get bad results. An example is that an episode I transcoded was <constant>0.2</constant> seconds out of sync at the end of the movie which was <constant>77340</constant> frames long. At <constant>29.97fps</constant> <constant>0.2</constant> seconds correspond to approx. <constant>6</constant> frames. So I did"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2382
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o goodsync.mkv -y 23456:0,77346/77340 outofsync.mkv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2385
msgid "The result was fine."
msgstr "結果正常。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2389
msgid "The sync options can also be used for subtitles in the same manner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2393
msgid "For text subtitles you can either use some Windows software (like <productname>SubRipper</productname>) or the <productname>subrip</productname> package found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s sources in the '<literal>contrib/subrip</literal>' directory. The general process is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2401
msgid "extract a raw subtitle stream from the source:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2402
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ tccat -i /path/to/copied/dvd/ -T 1 -L | tcextract -x ps1 -t vob -a 0x20 | subtitle2pgm -o mymovie"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2406
msgid "convert the resulting PGM images to text with gocr:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2407
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ pgm2txt mymovie"
msgstr "$ pgm2txt mymovie"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2411
msgid "spell-check the resulting text files:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2412
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ ispell -d american *txt"
msgstr "$ ispell -d american *txt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2416
msgid "convert the text files to a SRT file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2417
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ srttool -s -w -i mymovie.srtx -o mymovie.srt"
msgstr "$ srttool -s -w -i mymovie.srtx -o mymovie.srt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2422
msgid "The resulting file can be used as another input file for &mkvmerge;:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2425
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o mymovie.mkv mymovie.avi mymovie.srt"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的影片.mkv 我的影片.avi 我的影片.srt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2428
msgid "If you want to specify the language for a given track then this is easily done. First find out the ISO 639-2 code for your language. &mkvmerge; can list all of those codes for you:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2432
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge --list-languages"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge --list-languages"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2435
msgid "Search the list for the languages you need. Let's assume you have put two audio tracks into a &matroska; file and want to set their language codes and that their track IDs are 2 and 3. This can be done with"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2439
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o with-lang-codes.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut without-lang-codes.mkv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2442
msgid "As you can see you can use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> switch multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2446
msgid "Maybe you'd also like to have the player use the Dutch language as the default language. You also have extra subtitles, e.g. in English and French, and want to have the player display the French ones by default. This can be done with"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2450
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o with-lang-codes.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut --default-track 3 without-lang-codes.mkv --language 0:eng english.srt --default-track 0 --language 0:fre french.srt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2453
msgid "If you do not see the language or default track flags that you've specified in &mkvinfo;'s output then please read the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.default_values\">default values</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2458
msgid "Turn off the compression for an input file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2461
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o no-compression.mkv --compression -1:none MyMovie.avi --compression -1:none mymovie.srt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2466
msgid "Track IDs"
msgstr "軌道 ID"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2469
msgid "Regular track IDs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2472
msgid "Some of the options for &mkvmerge; need a track ID to specify which track they should be applied to.  Those track IDs are printed by the readers when demuxing the current input file, or if &mkvmerge; is called with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> option.  An example for such output:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -i v.mkv\n"
"File 'v.mkv': container: &matroska;\n"
"Track ID 0: video (V_MS/VFW/FOURCC, DIV3)\n"
"Track ID 1: audio (A_MPEG/L3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2483
msgid "Do not confuse the track IDs that are assigned to the tracks that are placed in the output MKV file with the track IDs of the input files. Only the input file track IDs are used for options needing these values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2488
msgid "Also note that each input file has its own set of track IDs. Therefore the track IDs for file '<filename>file1.ext</filename>' as reported by '<literal>mkvmerge --identify</literal>' do not change no matter how many other input files are there or in which position '<filename>file1.ext</filename>' is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2494
msgid "Track IDs are assigned like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2500
msgid "<abbrev>AVI</abbrev> files: The video track has the ID 0. The audio tracks get IDs in ascending order starting at 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2506
msgid "<abbrev>AAC</abbrev>, <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev>, <abbrev>MP3</abbrev>, <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> and <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> files: The one 'track' in that file gets the ID 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2513
msgid "Most other files: The track IDs are assigned in order the tracks are found in the file starting at 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2519
msgid "The options that use the track IDs are the ones whose description contains '<literal>TID</literal>'.  The following options use track IDs as well: <option>--audio-tracks</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> and <option>--track-tags</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2526
msgid "Special track IDs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2529
msgid "There are several IDs that have special meaning and do not occur in the identification output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2533
msgid "The special track ID '<constant>-1</constant>' is a wild card and applies the given switch to all tracks that are read from an input file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2538
msgid "The special track ID '<constant>-2</constant>' refers to the chapters in a source file. Currently only the <option>--sync</option> option uses this special ID. As an alternative to <option>--sync -2:…</option> the option <option>--chapter-sync …</option> can be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2548
msgid "This section applies to all programs in MKVToolNix even if it only mentions &mkvmerge;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2553
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3009
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2555
msgid "All text in a &matroska; file is encoded in UTF-8. This means that &mkvmerge; has to convert every text file it reads as well as every text given on the command line from one character set into UTF-8. In return this also means that &mkvmerge;'s output has to be converted back to that character set from UTF-8, e.g. if a non-English translation is used with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.ui_language\"><option>--ui-language</option></link> or for text originating from a &matroska; file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2562
msgid "&mkvmerge; does this conversion automatically based on the presence of a byte order marker (short: <abbrev>BOM</abbrev>) or the system's current locale. How the character set is inferred from the locale depends on the operating system that &mkvmerge; is run on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2568
msgid "Byte order markers (BOM)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2571
msgid "Text files that start with a BOM are already encoded in one representation of UTF. &mkvmerge; supports the following five modes: UTF-8, UTF-16 Little and Big Endian, UTF-32 Little and Big Endian. Text files with a BOM are automatically converted to UTF-8. Any of the parameters that would otherwise set the character set for such a file (e.g. <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link>) is silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2579
msgid "Linux and Unix-like systems including macOS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2582
msgid "On Unix-like systems &mkvmerge; uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call which in turn uses the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_ALL</varname> and <varname>LC_CYPE</varname>. The resulting character set is often one of UTF-8 or the ISO-8859-* family and is used for all text file operations and for encoding strings on the command line and for output to the console."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2590
msgid "Windows"
msgstr "Windows"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2593
msgid "On Windows the default character set used for converting text files is determined by a call to the <function>GetACP()</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2598
msgid "Reading the command line is done with the <function>GetCommandLineW()</function> function which already returns a Unicode string. Therefore the option <option>--command-line-charset</option> is ignored on Windows."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2603
msgid "Output to the console consists of three scenarios:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2609
msgid "If the output is redirected with the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> then the default charset is UTF-8. This can be changed with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2615
msgid "If the output is redirected with <command>cmd.exe</command> itself, e.g. with <literal>mkvinfo file.mkv &gt; info.txt</literal>, then the charset is always UTF-8 and cannot be changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2620
msgid "Otherwise (when writing directly to the console) the Windows function <function>WriteConsoleW()</function> is used and the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is ignored. The console should be able to output all Unicode characters for which the corresponding language support is installed (e.g. Chinese characters might not be displayed on English Windows versions)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2630
msgid "Command line options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2633
msgid "The following options exist that allow specifying the character sets:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2639
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link> for text subtitle files and for text subtitle tracks stored in container formats for which the character set cannot be determined unambiguously (e.g. Ogg files),"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2646
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.chapter_charset\"><option>--chapter-charset</option></link> for chapter text files and for chapters and file titles stored in container formats for which the character set cannot be determined unambiguously (e.g. Ogg files for chapter information, track and file titles etc; MP4 files for chapter information),"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2654
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.command_line_charset\"><option>--command-line-charset</option></link> for all strings on the command line,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2661
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> for all strings written to the console or to a file if the output has been redirected with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option. On non-Windows systems the default for the output charset is the system's current charset. On Windows it defaults to UTF-8 both for redirecting with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> and with <command>cmd.exe</command> itself, e.g. <literal>mkvinfo file.mkv &gt; info.txt</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2674
msgid "Option files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2677
msgid "An option file is a file &mkvmerge; can read additional command line arguments from. This can be used in order to circumvent certain limitations of the shell or the operating system when executing external programs like a limited command line length."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2682
msgid "An option file contains JSON-formatted data. Its content must be a valid JSON array consisting solely of JSON strings. The file's encoding must be UTF-8. The file should not start with a byte order marker (<abbrev>BOM</abbrev>), but if one exists, it will be skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2687
msgid "The rules for escaping special characters inside JSON are the ones in the official JSON specification, <ulink url=\"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7159\">RFC 7159</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2691
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvmerge -o \"my file.mkv\" -A \"a movie.avi\" sound.ogg</command>' could be converted into the following JSON option file called e.g. '<filename>options.json</filename>':"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2695
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[\n"
"  \"-o\",\n"
"  \"c:\\\\Matroska\\\\my file.mkv\",\n"
"  \"--title\",\n"
"  \"#65\",\n"
"  \"-A\",\n"
"  \"a movie.avi\",\n"
"  \"sound.ogg\"\n"
"]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2707
msgid "Subtitles"
msgstr "字幕"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2709
msgid "There are several text and bitmap subtitle formats that can be embedded into &matroska;. Text subtitles must be recoded to UTF-8 so that they can be displayed correctly by a player (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\">text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets). Kate subtitles are already encoded in UTF-8 and do not have to be re-encoded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2716
msgid "The following subtitle formats are supported at the moment:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2722
msgid "Subtitle Ripper (SRT) files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2728
msgid "Substation Alpha (SSA) / Advanced Substation Alpha scripts (ASS)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2734
msgid "Universal Subtitle Format (USF) files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2740
msgid "OggKate streams"
msgstr "OggKate 串流"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2746
msgid "VobSub bitmap subtitle files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2752
msgid "PGS bitmap subtitle files as found on BluRay discs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2759
msgid "File linking"
msgstr "檔案連結"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2761
msgid "&matroska; supports file linking which simply says that a specific file is the predecessor or successor of the current file. To be precise, it's not really the files that are linked but the &matroska; segments. As most files will probably only contain one &matroska; segment the following explanations use the term 'file linking' although 'segment linking' would be more appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2767
msgid "Each segment is identified by a unique 128 bit wide segment UID. This UID is automatically generated by &mkvmerge;. The linking is done primarily via putting the segment UIDs (short: <abbrev>SID</abbrev>) of the previous/next file into the segment header information. &mkvinfo; prints these <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev> if it finds them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2773
msgid "If a file is split into several smaller ones and linking is used then the timestamps will not start at 0 again but will continue where the last file has left off. This way the absolute time is kept even if the previous files are not available (e.g. when streaming). If no linking is used then the timestamps should start at 0 for each file. By default &mkvmerge; does not use file linking. If you want that you can turn it on with the <option>--link</option> option. This option is only useful if splitting is activated as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2780
msgid "Regardless of whether splitting is active or not the user can tell &mkvmerge; to link the produced files to specific <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev>. This is achieved with the options <option>--link-to-previous</option> and <option>--link-to-next</option>.  These options accept a segment <abbrev>SID</abbrev> in the format that &mkvinfo; outputs: 16 hexadecimal numbers between <constant>0x00</constant> and <constant>0xff</constant> prefixed with '<literal>0x</literal>' each, e.g. '<code>0x41 0xda 0x73 0x66 0xd9 0xcf 0xb2 0x1e 0xae 0x78 0xeb 0xb4 0x5e 0xca 0xb3 0x93</code>'. Alternatively a shorter form can be used: 16 hexadecimal numbers between <constant>0x00</constant> and <constant>0xff</constant> without the '<literal>0x</literal>' prefixes and without the spaces, e.g.  '<code>41da7366d9cfb21eae78ebb45ecab393</code>'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2790
msgid "If splitting is used then the first file is linked to the <abbrev>SID</abbrev> given with <option>--link-to-previous</option> and the last file is linked to the <abbrev>SID</abbrev> given with <option>--link-to-next</option>. If splitting is not used then the one output file will be linked to both of the two <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2797
msgid "Default values"
msgstr "預設值"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2799
msgid "The &matroska; specification states that some elements have a default value. Usually an element is not written to the file if its value is equal to its default value in order to save space. The elements that the user might miss in &mkvinfo;'s output are the <parameter>language</parameter> and the <parameter>default track flag</parameter> elements.  The default value for the <parameter>language</parameter> is English ('<literal>eng</literal>'), and the default value for the <parameter>default track flag</parameter> is <parameter>true</parameter>. Therefore if you used <option>--language 0:eng</option> for a track then it will not show up in &mkvinfo;'s output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2811
msgid "Maybe you also want to keep some photos along with your &matroska; file, or you're using <abbrev>SSA</abbrev> subtitles and need a special <productname>TrueType</productname> font that's really rare. In these cases you can attach those files to the &matroska; file. They will not be just appended to the file but embedded in it. A player can then show those files (the 'photos' case) or use them to render the subtitles (the '<productname>TrueType</productname> fonts' case)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2818
msgid "Here's an example how to attach a photo and a <productname>TrueType</productname> font to the output file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2821
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv -A video.avi sound.ogg \\\n"
"  --attachment-description \"Me and the band behind the stage in a small get-together\" \\\n"
"  --attachment-mime-type image/jpeg \\\n"
"  --attach-file me_and_the_band.jpg \\\n"
"  --attachment-description \"The real rare and unbelievably good looking font\" \\\n"
"  --attachment-mime-type application/octet-stream \\\n"
"  --attach-file really_cool_font.ttf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2830
msgid "If a &matroska; containing attachments file is used as an input file then &mkvmerge; will copy the attachments into the new file. The selection which attachments are copied and which are not can be changed with the options <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachments\"><option>--attachments</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_attachments\"><option>--no-attachments</option></link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2840
msgid "The &matroska; chapter system is more powerful than the old known system used by <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> files. The full specifications can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">the &matroska; website</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2845
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports two kinds of chapter files as its input. The first format, called 'simple chapter format', is the same format that the <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools expect. The second format is a &xml; based chapter format which supports all of &matroska;'s chapter functionality."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2851
msgid "Apart from dedicated chapter files &mkvmerge; can also read chapters from other file formats (e.g. MP4, Ogg, Blu-rays or DVDs)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2855
msgid "The simple chapter format"
msgstr "簡易章節格式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2858
msgid "This format consists of pairs of lines that start with '<literal>CHAPTERxx=</literal>' and '<literal>CHAPTERxxNAME=</literal>' respectively. The first one contains the start timestamp while the second one contains the title. Here's an example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2862
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"CHAPTER01=00:00:00.000\n"
"CHAPTER01NAME=Intro\n"
"CHAPTER02=00:02:30.000\n"
"CHAPTER02NAME=Baby prepares to rock\n"
"CHAPTER03=00:02:42.300\n"
"CHAPTER03NAME=Baby rocks the house"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2870
msgid "&mkvmerge; will transform every pair or lines into one &matroska; <classname>ChapterAtom</classname>. It does not set any <classname>ChapterTrackNumber</classname> which means that the chapters all apply to all tracks in the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2875
msgid "As this is a text file character set conversion may need to be done. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\">text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2882
msgid "The &xml; based chapter format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2884
msgid "The &xml; based chapter format looks like this example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;ISO-8859-1&quot;?&gt;\n"
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Chapters SYSTEM &quot;matroskachapters.dtd&quot;&gt;\n"
"&lt;Chapters&gt;\n"
"  &lt;EditionEntry&gt;\n"
"    &lt;ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterTimeStart&gt;00:00:30.000&lt;/ChapterTimeStart&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterTimeEnd&gt;00:01:20.000&lt;/ChapterTimeEnd&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterString&gt;A short chapter&lt;/ChapterString&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterLanguage&gt;eng&lt;/ChapterLanguage&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterTimeStart&gt;00:00:46.000&lt;/ChapterTimeStart&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterTimeEnd&gt;00:01:10.000&lt;/ChapterTimeEnd&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"          &lt;ChapterString&gt;A part of that short chapter&lt;/ChapterString&gt;\n"
"          &lt;ChapterLanguage&gt;eng&lt;/ChapterLanguage&gt;\n"
"        &lt;/ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/EditionEntry&gt;\n"
"&lt;/Chapters&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2911
msgid "With this format three things are possible that are not possible with the simple chapter format:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2915
msgid "The timestamp for the end of the chapter can be set,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2916
msgid "chapters can be nested,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2917
msgid "the language and country can be set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2921
msgid "The mkvtoolnix distribution contains some sample files in the <filename>doc</filename> subdirectory which can be used as a basis."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2925
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3108
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3151
msgid "The following lists the supported XML tags, their data types and, where appropriate, the valid range for their values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Chapters (master)\n"
"  EditionEntry (master)\n"
"    EditionUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"    EditionFlagHidden (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"    EditionFlagDefault (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"    EditionFlagOrdered (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"    ChapterAtom (master)\n"
"      ChapterAtom (master)\n"
"      ChapterUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"      ChapterTimeStart (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterTimeEnd (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterFlagHidden (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"      ChapterFlagEnabled (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"      ChapterSegmentUID (binary, valid range: 1 &lt;= length in bytes)\n"
"      ChapterSegmentEditionUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"      ChapterPhysicalEquiv (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterTrack (master)\n"
"        ChapterTrackNumber (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"      ChapterDisplay (master)\n"
"        ChapterString (UTF-8 string)\n"
"        ChapterLanguage (UTF-8 string)\n"
"        ChapterCountry (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      ChapterProcess (master)\n"
"        ChapterProcessCodecID (unsigned integer)\n"
"        ChapterProcessPrivate (binary)\n"
"        ChapterProcessCommand (master)\n"
"          ChapterProcessTime (unsigned integer)\n"
"          ChapterProcessData (binary)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2959
msgid "Reading chapters from Blu-rays"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2962
msgid "&mkvmerge; can read chapters from unencrypted Blu-rays. For that you can use the path to one of the MPLS play lists with the <parameter>--chapters</parameter> parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2967
msgid "Example: <literal>--chapters /srv/blurays/BigBuckBunny/BDMV/PLAYLIST/00001.mpls</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2972
msgid "Reading chapters from DVDs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2975
msgid "When MKVToolNix is compiled with the <productname>libdvdread</productname> library, &mkvmerge; can read chapters from DVDs. For that you can use the path to one of the folders or files on the DVD with the <parameter>--chapters</parameter> parameter. As DVDs can contain more than one title and each title has its own set of chapters, you can append a colon and the desired title number to the end of the file name argument. The title number defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2982
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Example: <literal>--generate-chapters interval:45s</literal>"
msgid "Example: <literal>--chapters /srv/dvds/BigBuckBunny/VIDEO_TS:2</literal>"
msgstr "範例: <literal>--generate-chapters interval:45s</literal>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2987
msgid "General notes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2989
msgid "When splitting files &mkvmerge; will correctly adjust the chapters as well. This means that each file only includes the chapter entries that apply to it, and that the timestamps will be offset to match the new timestamps of each output file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2994
msgid "&mkvmerge; is able to copy chapters from &matroska; source files unless this is explicitly disabled with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_chapters\"><option>--no-chapters</option></link> option. The chapters from all sources (&matroska; files, Ogg files, <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files, chapter text files) are usually not merged but end up in separate <classname>ChapterEditions</classname>. Only if chapters are read from several &matroska; or &xml; files that share the same edition UIDs will chapters be merged into a single <classname>ChapterEdition</classname>. If such a merge is desired in other situations as well then the user has to extract the chapters from all sources with &mkvextract; first, merge the &xml; files manually and mux them afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3012
msgid "&matroska;'s tag system is similar to that of other containers: a set of <parameter>KEY=VALUE</parameter> pairs. However, in &matroska; these tags can also be nested, and both the <parameter>KEY</parameter> and the <parameter>VALUE</parameter> are elements of their own. The example file <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> shows how to use this system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3019
msgid "Scope of the tags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3022
msgid "&matroska; tags do not automatically apply to the complete file. They can, but they also may apply to different parts of the file: to one or more tracks, to one or more chapters, or even to a combination of both. The <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">&matroska; specification</ulink> gives more details about this fact."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3028
msgid "One important fact is that tags are linked to tracks or chapters with the <classname>Targets</classname> &matroska; tag element, and that the UIDs used for this linking are <emphasis>not</emphasis> the track IDs &mkvmerge; uses everywhere. Instead the numbers used are the UIDs which &mkvmerge; calculates automatically (if the track is taken from a file format other than &matroska;) or which are copied from the source file if the track's source file is a &matroska; file. Therefore it is difficult to know which UIDs to use in the tag file before the file is handed over to &mkvmerge;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3036
msgid "&mkvmerge; knows two options with which you can add tags to &matroska; files: The <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link> and the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> options. The difference is that the former option, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link>, will make the tags apply to the complete file by removing any of those <classname>Targets</classname> elements mentioned above.  The latter option, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link>, automatically inserts the UID that &mkvmerge; generates for the tag specified with the <parameter>TID</parameter> part of the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3048
msgid "Example"
msgstr "範例"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3050
msgid "Let's say that you want to add tags to a video track read from an <abbrev>AVI</abbrev>. <command>mkvmerge --identify file.avi</command> tells you that the video track's ID (do not mix this ID with the UID!) is 0. So you create your tag file, leave out all <classname>Targets</classname> elements and call &mkvmerge;:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3055
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o file.mkv --tags 0:tags.xml file.avi"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3059
msgid "Tag file format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3061
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports a &xml; based tag file format. The format is very closely modeled after the <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">&matroska; specification</ulink>. Both the binary and the source distributions of MKVToolNix come with a sample file called <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> which simply lists all known tags and which can be used as a basis for real life tag files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3068
msgid "The basics are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3072
msgid "The outermost element must be <classname>&lt;Tags&gt;</classname>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3074
msgid "One logical tag is contained inside one pair of <classname>&lt;Tag&gt;</classname> &xml; tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3076
msgid "White spaces directly before and after tag contents are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3081
msgid "Data types"
msgstr "資料類型"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3083
msgid "The new &matroska; tagging system only knows two data types, a UTF-8 string and a binary type. The first is used for the tag's name and the <classname>&lt;String&gt;</classname> element while the binary type is used for the <classname>&lt;Binary&gt;</classname> element."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3088
msgid "As binary data itself would not fit into a &xml; file &mkvmerge; supports two other methods of storing binary data. If the contents of a &xml; tag starts with '<literal>@</literal>' then the following text is treated as a file name. The corresponding file's content is copied into the &matroska; element."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3094
msgid "Otherwise the data is expected to be Base64 encoded. This is an encoding that transforms binary data into a limited set of <abbrev>ASCII</abbrev> characters and is used e.g. in email programs. &mkvextract; will output Base64 encoded data for binary elements."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3099
msgid "The deprecated tagging system knows some more data types which can be found in the official &matroska; tag specs. As &mkvmerge; does not support this system anymore these types aren't described here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3105
msgid "Known tags for the XML file format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Tags (master)\n"
"  Tag (master)\n"
"    Targets (master)\n"
"      TargetTypeValue (unsigned integer)\n"
"      TargetType (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      TrackUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"      EditionUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"      AttachmentUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"    Simple (master)\n"
"      Simple (master)\n"
"      Name (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      TagLanguage (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      DefaultLanguage (unsigned integer)\n"
"      String (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      Binary (binary)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3131
msgid "The segment info XML files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3134
msgid "With a segment info XML file it is possible to set certain values in the &quot;segment information&quot; header field of a &matroska; file. All of these values cannot be set via other command line options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3139
msgid "Other &quot;segment information&quot; header fields can be set via command line options but not via the XML file. This includes e.g. the <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\">--title</link></option> and the <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.timestamp_scale\">--timestamp-scale</link></option> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3145
msgid "There are other elements that can be set neither via command line options nor via the XML files. These include the following elements: <varname>DateUTC</varname> (also known as the &quot;muxing date&quot;), <varname>MuxingApp</varname>, <varname>WritingApp</varname> and <varname>Duration</varname>. They're always set by &mkvmerge; itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Info (master)\n"
"  SegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  SegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
"  PreviousSegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  PreviousSegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
"  NextSegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  NextSegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
"  SegmentFamily (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  ChapterTranslate (master)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateEditionUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateCodec (unsigned integer)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateID (binary)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3169
msgid "&matroska; file layout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3171
msgid "The &matroska; file layout is quite flexible. &mkvmerge; will render a file in a predefined way. The resulting file looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3175
msgid "[EBML head] [segment {meta seek #1} [segment information] [track information] {attachments} {chapters} [cluster 1] {cluster 2} ...  {cluster n} {cues} {meta seek #2} {tags}]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3180
msgid "The elements in curly braces are optional and depend on the contents and options used. A couple of notes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3186
msgid "meta seek #1 includes only a small number of level 1 elements, and only if they actually exist: attachments, chapters, cues, tags, meta seek #2. Older versions of &mkvmerge; used to put the clusters into this meta seek element as well. Therefore some imprecise guessing was necessary to reserve enough space. It often failed. Now only the clusters are stored in meta seek #2, and meta seek #1 refers to the meta seek element #2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3194
msgid "Attachment, chapter and tag elements are only present if they were added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3199
msgid "The shortest possible &matroska; file would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3203
msgid "[EBML head] [segment [segment information] [track information] [cluster 1]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3207
msgid "This might be the case for audio-only files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3212
msgid "External timestamp files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3214
msgid "&mkvmerge; allows the user to chose the timestamps for a specific track himself. This can be used in order to create files with variable frame rate video or include gaps in audio. A frame in this case is the unit that &mkvmerge; creates separately per &matroska; block. For video this is exactly one frame, for audio this is one packet of the specific audio type. E.g. for <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> this would be a packet containing <constant>1536</constant> samples."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3221
msgid "Timestamp files that are used when tracks are appended to each other must only be specified for the first part in a chain of tracks.  For example if you append two files, v1.avi and v2.avi, and want to use timestamps then your command line must look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3225
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge ... --timestamps 0:my_timestamps.txt v1.avi +v2.avi"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3228
msgid "There are four formats that are recognized by &mkvmerge;. The first line always contains the version number. Empty lines, lines containing only whitespace and lines beginning with '<literal>#</literal>' are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3233
msgid "Timestamp file format v1"
msgstr "時間戳記檔案格式 v1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3235
msgid "This format starts with the version line. The second line declares the default number of frames per second.  All following lines contain three numbers separated by commas: the start frame (<constant>0</constant> is the first frame), the end frame and the number of frames in this range. The <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> is a floating point number with the dot '<literal>.</literal>' as the decimal point. The ranges can contain gaps for which the default <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> is used. An example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# timestamp format v1\n"
"assume 27.930\n"
"800,1000,25\n"
"1500,1700,30"
msgstr ""
"# timestamp format v1\n"
"assume 27.930\n"
"800,1000,25\n"
"1500,1700,30"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3248
msgid "Timestamp file format v2"
msgstr "時間戳記檔案格式 v2"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3251
msgid "In this format each line contains a timestamp for the corresponding frame.  This timestamp must be given in millisecond precision.  It can be a floating point number, but it doesn't have to be.  You <emphasis>have to</emphasis> give at least as many timestamp lines as there are frames in the track.  The timestamps in this file must be sorted.  Example for 25fps:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3256
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# timestamp format v2\n"
"0\n"
"40\n"
"80"
msgstr ""
"# timestamp format v2\n"
"0\n"
"40\n"
"80"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3263
msgid "Timestamp file format v3"
msgstr "時間戳記檔案格式 v3"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3265
msgid "In this format each line contains a duration in seconds followed by an optional number of frames per second.  Both can be floating point numbers.  If the number of frames per second is not present the default one is used.  For audio you should let the codec calculate the frame timestamps itself.  For that you should be using <constant>0.0</constant> as the number of frames per second.  You can also create gaps in the stream by using the '<literal>gap</literal>' keyword followed by the duration of the gap.  Example for an audio file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3271
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# timestamp format v3\n"
"assume 0.0\n"
"25.325\n"
"7.530,38.236\n"
"gap, 10.050\n"
"2.000,38.236"
msgstr ""
"# timestamp format v3\n"
"assume 0.0\n"
"25.325\n"
"7.530,38.236\n"
"gap, 10.050\n"
"2.000,38.236"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3280
msgid "Timestamp file format v4"
msgstr "時間戳記檔案格式 v4"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3282
msgid "This format is identical to the v2 format.  The only difference is that the timestamps do not have to be sorted.  This format should almost never be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3292
msgid "&mkvmerge; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3298
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit code means that muxing has completed successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3304
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvmerge; has output at least one warning, but muxing did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'.  Depending on the issues involved the resulting file might be ok or not.  The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3312
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvmerge; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3323
msgid "&mkvmerge; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3329
msgid "<varname>MKVMERGE_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVMERGE_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3331
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3337
msgid "<varname>MKVMERGE_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVMERGE_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3339
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3349
msgid "&mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"
msgstr "&mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:5
msgid "mkvpropedit"
msgstr "mkvpropedit"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:45
msgid "Modify properties of existing &matroska; files without a complete remux"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvpropedit</command> <arg>options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">actions</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:61
msgid "This program analyses an existing &matroska; file and modifies some of its properties. Then it writes those modifications to the existing file. Among the properties that can be changed are the segment information elements (e.g. the title) and the track headers (e.g. the language code, 'default track' flag or the name)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:67
msgid "Options:"
msgstr "選項:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:72
msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-property-names</option>"
msgstr "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-property-names</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:75
msgid "Lists all known and editable property names, their type (string, integer, boolean etc) and a short description. The program exits afterwards. Therefore the <parameter>source-filename</parameter> parameter does not have to be supplied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:82
msgid "<option>-p</option>, <option>--parse-mode</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-p</option>, <option>--parse-mode</option> <parameter>模式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:85
msgid "Sets the parse mode. The parameter '<parameter>mode</parameter>' can either be '<literal>fast</literal>' (which is also the default)  or '<literal>full</literal>'. The '<literal>fast</literal>' mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file. In 99% of all cases this is enough. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to set the '<literal>full</literal>' parse mode. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:96
msgid "Actions that deal with track and segment info properties:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:101
msgid "<option>-e</option>, <option>--edit</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-e</option>, <option>--edit</option> <parameter>選擇</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:104
msgid "Sets the &matroska; file section (segment information or a certain track's headers) that all following <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">add</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">set</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">delete</link> actions operate on. This option can be used multiple times in order to make modifications to more than one element."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:111
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:498
msgid "By default &mkvpropedit; will edit the segment information section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:115
msgid "See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">edit selectors</link> for a full description of the syntax."
msgstr "完整的語法描述詳細資訊請參閱下列 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">編輯選擇器</link> 。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:121
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--add</option> <parameter>name</parameter>=<parameter>value</parameter>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:124
msgid "Adds a property <parameter>name</parameter> with the value <parameter>value</parameter>. The property will be added even if such a property exists already. Note that most properties are unique and cannot occur more than once."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:131
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--set</option> <parameter>name</parameter>=<parameter>value</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--set</option> <parameter>名稱</parameter>=<parameter>數值</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:134
msgid "Sets all occurrences of the property <parameter>name</parameter> to the value <parameter>value</parameter>. If no such property exists then it will be added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:141
msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option> <parameter>name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option> <parameter>名稱</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:144
msgid "Deletes all occurrences of the property <parameter>name</parameter>. Note that some properties are required and cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:151
msgid "Actions that deal with tags and chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:156
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>:<parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>選擇</parameter>:<parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:159
msgid "Add or replace tags in the file with the ones from <filename>filename</filename> or remove them if <filename>filename</filename> is empty. &mkvpropedit; reads the same XML tag format that &mkvmerge; reads as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:164
msgid "The <parameter>selector</parameter> must be one of the words <constant>all</constant>, <constant>global</constant> or <constant>track</constant>. For <constant>all</constant> &mkvpropedit; will replace or remove all tags in a file. With <constant>global</constant> only global tags will be replaced or removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:170
msgid "With <constant>track</constant> &mkvpropedit; will replace tags for a specific track. Additionally the tags read from <filename>filename</filename> will be assigned to the same track. The track is specified in the same way <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">edit selectors</link> are specified (see below), e.g. <code>--tags track:a1:new-audio-tags.xml</code>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:179
msgid "<option>--add-track-statistics-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>--add-track-statistics-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:182
msgid "Calculates statistics for all tracks in a file and adds new statistics tags for them. If the file already contains such tags then they'll be updated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:188
msgid "<option>--delete-track-statistics-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>--delete-track-statistics-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:191
msgid "Deletes all existing track statistics tags from a file. If the file doesn't contain track statistics tags then it won't be modified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:197
msgid "<option>-c</option>, <option>--chapters</option> <parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option>, <option>--chapters</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:200
msgid "Add or replace chapters in the file with the ones from <filename>filename</filename> or remove them if <filename>filename</filename> is empty. &mkvpropedit; reads the same XML and simple chapter formats that &mkvmerge; reads as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:208
msgid "Actions for handling attachments:"
msgstr "附件處理執行選項:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:213
msgid "<option>--add-attachment</option> <parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--add-attachment</option> <parameter>檔名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:216
msgid "Adds a new attachment from <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr "從 <parameter>檔名</parameter> 增加新的附件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:220
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-name</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's name. Otherwise it is derived from <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:225
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's MIME type. Otherwise it is auto-detected from the content of <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:230
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-description</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's description. Otherwise no description will be set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:235
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-uid</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's UID. Otherwise a random UID will be generated automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:242
msgid "<option>--replace-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter><literal>:</literal><parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:245
msgid "Replaces one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter> with the file <parameter>filename</parameter>. If more than one existing attachment matches <parameter>selector</parameter> then all of their contents will be replaced by the content of <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:251
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:286
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:320
msgid "The <parameter>selector</parameter> can have one of four forms. They're explained below in the section <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.attachment_selectors\">attachment selectors</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:256
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:291
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-name</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new name for each modified attachment. Otherwise the names aren't changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:261
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:296
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new MIME type for each modified attachment. Otherwise the MIME types aren't changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:266
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:301
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-description</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new description for each modified attachment. Otherwise the descriptions aren't changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:271
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:306
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-uid</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new UID for each modified attachment. Otherwise the UIDs aren't changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:278
msgid "<option>--update-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--update-attachment</option> <parameter>選擇</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:281
msgid "Sets the properties of one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter>. If more than one existing attachment matches <parameter>selector</parameter> then all of their properties will be updated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:313
msgid "<option>--delete-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--delete-attachment</option> <parameter>選擇</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:316
msgid "Deletes one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:328
msgid "Options for attachment actions:"
msgstr "附件執行選項:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:336
msgid "Sets the name to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:342
msgid "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>mime-type</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>MIME 類型</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:345
msgid "Sets the MIME type to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:354
msgid "Sets the description to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:361
msgid "Other options:"
msgstr "其他選項:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:389
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:430
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvpropedit --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:488
msgid "Edit selectors"
msgstr "編輯選擇器"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:490
msgid "The <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option sets the &matroska; file section (segment information or a certain track's headers) that all following <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">add</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">set</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">delete</link> actions operate on. This stays valid until the next <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option is found. The argument to this option is called the edit selector."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:502
msgid "Segment information"
msgstr "剪輯訊息"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:504
msgid "The segment information can be selected with one of these three words: '<literal>info</literal>', '<literal>segment_info</literal>' or '<literal>segmentinfo</literal>'. It contains properties like the segment title or the segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:510
msgid "Track headers"
msgstr "軌道表頭"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:512
msgid "Track headers can be selected with a slightly more complex selector. All variations start with '<literal>track:</literal>'. The track header properties include elements like the language code, 'default track' flag or the track's name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:518
msgid "<option>track:</option><parameter>n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option><parameter>n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:521
msgid "If the parameter <parameter>n</parameter> is a number then the <parameter>n</parameter>th track will be selected. The track order is the same that &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option outputs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:526
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:543
msgid "Numbering starts at 1."
msgstr "從 1 開始編號。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:532
msgid "<option>track:</option><parameter>t</parameter><parameter>n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option><parameter>t</parameter><parameter>n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:535
msgid "If the parameter starts with a single character <parameter>t</parameter> followed by a <parameter>n</parameter> then the <parameter>n</parameter>th track of a specific track type will be selected. The track type parameter <parameter>t</parameter> must be one of these four characters: '<literal>a</literal>' for an audio track, '<literal>b</literal>' for a button track, '<literal>s</literal>' for a subtitle track and '<literal>v</literal>' for a video track. The track order is the same that &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option outputs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:549
msgid "<option>track:</option>=<parameter>uid</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option>=<parameter>uid</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:552
msgid "If the parameter starts with a '<literal>=</literal>' followed by a number <parameter>uid</parameter>, the track whose track <abbrev>UID</abbrev> element equals the given <parameter>uid</parameter> will be selected. Track <abbrev>UIDs</abbrev> can be obtained with &mkvinfo;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:560
msgid "<option>track:</option>@<parameter>number</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option>@<parameter>編號</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:563
msgid "If the parameter starts with a '<literal>@</literal>' followed by a number <parameter>number</parameter>, the track whose track number element equals this <parameter>number</parameter> will be selected. Track numbers can be obtained with &mkvinfo;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:572
msgid "Notes"
msgstr "備註"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:574
msgid "Due to the nature of the track edit selectors it is possible that several selectors actually match the same track headers. In such cases all actions for those edit selectors will be combined and executed in the order in which they're given on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:581
msgid "Attachment selectors"
msgstr "附件選擇"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:584
msgid "An attachment selector is used with the two actions <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.replace_attachment\"><option>--replace-attachment</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete_attachment\"><option>--delete-attachment</option></link>. It can have one of the following four forms:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:593
msgid "Selection by attachment ID. In this form the selector is simply a number, the attachment's ID as output by &mkvmerge;'s identification command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:600
msgid "Selection by attachment UID (unique ID). In this form the selector is the equal sign <literal>=</literal> followed by a number, the attachment's unique ID as output by &mkvmerge;'s verbose identification command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:607
msgid "Selection by attachment name. In this form the selector is the literal word <literal>name:</literal> followed by the existing attachment's name. If this selector is used with <option>--replace-attachment</option> then colons within the name to match must be escaped as <literal>\\c</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:615
msgid "Selection by MIME type. In this form the selector is the literal word <literal>mime-type:</literal> followed by the existing attachment's MIME type. If this selector is used with <option>--replace-attachment</option> then colons within the MIME type to match must be escaped as <literal>\\c</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:626
msgid "The following example edits a file called '<literal>movie.mkv</literal>'. It sets the segment title and modifies the language code of an audio and a subtitle track. Note that this example can be shortened by leaving out the first <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option because editing the segment information element is the default for all options found before the first <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option anyway."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:632
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --edit info --set \"title=The movie\" --edit track:a1 --set language=fre --edit track:a2 --set language=ita"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:635
msgid "The second example removes the 'default track flag' from the first subtitle track and sets it for the second one. Note that &mkvpropedit;, unlike &mkvmerge;, does not set the 'default track flag' of other tracks to '0' if it is set to '1' for a different track automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:640
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --edit track:s1 --set flag-default=0 --edit track:s2 --set flag-default=1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:643
msgid "Replacing the tags for the second subtitle track in a file looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:646
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --tags track:s2:new-subtitle-tags.xml"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:649
msgid "Removing all tags requires leaving out the file name:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:652
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --tags all:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:655
msgid "Replacing the chapters in a file looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:658
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --chapters new-chapters.xml"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:661
msgid "Removing all chapters requires leaving out the file name:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:664
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --chapters ''"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:667
msgid "Adding a font file (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>) as an attachment:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:670
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --add-attachment Arial.ttf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:673
msgid "Adding a font file (<literal>89719823.ttf</literal>) as an attachment and providing some information as it really is just Arial:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:676
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'The Arial font as a TrueType font' --attachment-mime-type application/x-truetype-font --add-attachment 89719823.ttf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:679
msgid "Replacing one attached font (<literal>Comic.ttf</literal>) file with another one (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:682
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'The Arial font as a TrueType font' --replace-attachment name:Comic.ttf:Arial.ttf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:685
msgid "Deleting the second attached file, whatever it may be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:688
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --delete-attachment 2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:691
msgid "Deleting all attached fonts by MIME type:"
msgstr "依 MIME 類型刪除所有附加的字型:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:694
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --delete-attachment mime-type:application/x-truetype-font"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:701
msgid "&mkvpropedit; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:707
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit code means that the modification has completed successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:713
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvpropedit; has output at least one warning, but the modification did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'.  Depending on the issues involved the resulting files might be ok or not.  The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:721
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvpropedit; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:741
msgid "&mkvpropedit; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:747
msgid "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> 與其的簡短形式 <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:749
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:755
msgid "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> 與其簡短形式 <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:757
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:767
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mtxgui;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mtxgui;"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:5
msgid "mkvtoolnix-gui"
msgstr "mkvtoolnix-gui"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:45
msgid "a GUI for &mkvmerge; including a chapter and a header editor"
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 的使用者介面，包含表頭編輯與章節編輯"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvtoolnix-gui</command> <group> <arg choice=\"opt\">configuration-file-name.mtxcfg</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">source-file.ext</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">--info <arg>matroska-file.mkv</arg></arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">--edit-chapters <arg>chapter-file.ext</arg></arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">--edit-headers <arg>matroska-file.mkv</arg></arg> </group>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:65
msgid "&mkvtoolnix-gui; is a <productname>Qt</productname> based <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> for &mkvmerge;. It also implements &mkvinfo;'s and &mkvpropedit;'s functionality and will evolve to cover &mkvextract; as well. All settings (e.g. source files, track options etc) can be saved and restored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:71
msgid "Listing configuration file names with the extension <literal>.mtxcfg</literal> causes the GUI to load the those configuration files in the appropriate tool. Any other file name is added as a source file for multiplexing, opened in the info tool, the chapter editor or in the header editor depending on the current mode. The current mode can be changed with <option>--merge</option>, <option>--info</option>, <option>--edit-chapters</option> or <option>--edit-headers</option>. The default mode is adding files for multiplexing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:78
msgid "Note that if an instance of the application is already running when the application is started a second time, all file names given on the command line are handled by the already-running instance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:84
msgid "<option>--merge</option>"
msgstr "<option>--merge</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:86
msgid "All following file names will be added as source files to the current multiplex job. This is the default mode."
msgstr "以下所有檔案名稱都以原始檔案加入至目前的合併工具作業中。這是預設模式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:91
msgid "<option>--info</option>"
msgstr "<option>--info</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:93
msgid "All following file names will be opened in the info tool."
msgstr "將在資訊工具中將開啟以下所有檔案名稱。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:94
msgid "Additionally the info tool will be selected on startup instead of the multiplexer tool."
msgstr "此外，在啟動時選擇資訊工具，而不是合併工具。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:99
msgid "<option>--edit-chapters</option>"
msgstr "<option>--edit-chapters</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:101
msgid "All following file names will be opened in the chapter editor."
msgstr "將在章節編輯中將開啟以下所有檔案名稱。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:102
msgid "Additionally the chapter editor will be selected on startup instead of the multiplexer tool."
msgstr "此外，在啟動時選擇章節編輯，而不是合併工具。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:107
msgid "<option>--edit-headers</option>"
msgstr "<option>--edit-headers</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:109
msgid "All following file names will be opened in the header editor."
msgstr "將在表頭編輯中將開啟以下所有檔案名稱。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:110
msgid "Additionally the header editor will be selected on startup instead of the multiplexer tool."
msgstr "此外，在啟動時選擇表頭編輯，而不是合併工具。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:137
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><div><h1><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/toc.xsl:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "目錄"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><xsl:if><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/cmdsynopsis.xsl:16
#: doc/stylesheets/cmdsynopsis.xsl:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "&#x20;"
msgstr "&#x20;"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/cmdsynopsis.xsl:19
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "["
msgstr "["

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><xsl:for-each><xsl:if><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/cmdsynopsis.xsl:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "&#x20;|"
msgstr "&#x20;|"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/cmdsynopsis.xsl:28
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "]"
msgstr "]"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><sup><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "(tm)"
msgstr "(tm)"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><div><p>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "Important:"
msgstr "重要:"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><div><p>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note:"
msgstr "註記:"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><head><title><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:59
#: doc/stylesheets/head.xsl:8
#, no-wrap
msgid " -- "
msgstr " -- "

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><table><thead><tr><th>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option"
msgstr "選項"

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><xsl:choose><xsl:otherwise><a><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:183
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:188
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "("
msgstr "("

#. type: Content of: <xsl:stylesheet><xsl:template><xsl:choose><xsl:otherwise><a><xsl:text>
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:183
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:188
#: doc/stylesheets/docbook-to-html.xsl:194
#, no-wrap
msgid ")"
msgstr ")"